Bridge Specialty Suite

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Bridge Specialty Suite"

Transcription

1 Bridge Specialty Suite Prduct Design Guide Versin

2 Table f Cntents Page i Table f Cntents Table Of Cntents I Intrductin 1 Wrkflw Cntainers 1 Navigating Wrkflw Cntainers 1 Managing Wrkflw Cntainers 3 Wrkflw Cntainers 7 Navigating Wrkflw Cntainers 7 Managing Wrkflw Cntainers 9 Managing Fields 13 Setting Default Values fr Rich Text Fields 34 Cpying a Field 35 Publishing a Calculated Field's Frmula 37 Managing Panels 39 Managing Grids 64 Managing Screens 98 Managing Wrkflws 107 Publishing a Wrkflw 121 Wrkflw Reprt 124 Managing Triggers 126 Nested Trigger Design 135 Managing Field Evaluatin Rules 137 Managing Shared Cntainers 145 Managing Integratin Cnfiguratins 148 Cnfiguring an e-signature Integratin 164 Managing Data Tables 167 Managing Data Table Instances 172 Editing a Data Table Cnfiguratin 176 Managing Data Surces 178 Cnfiguratin fr Data Tables and Web Services 183 Cnfiguratin fr Grids 192

3 Table f Cntents Page ii Web Service List fr Data Surces 199 Address Lkup (Bing) 200 Address Lkup (Ggle) 202 Assured Lkup 204 Aut Class Cde Lkup 207 City File - Aut Infrmatin Lkup 209 City File - Prperty Infrmatin Lkup 211 City File - Lcatin Infrmatin Lkup 214 Cmmercial Lines Manual - Ft Nte Lkup 216 Cmmercial Lines Manual - Search 217 Cuntry Wide Indicatr Lkup 218 Lss Cst Lkup 222 Distributr Lkup 225 Managing Optin Lists 227 Creating a New Optin List 227 Managing Versins 236 Managing Frmula Overrides 238 Managing Data Table Overrides 241 Managing Behavir Overrides 247 Standard Cntainers 252 OWClient Standard Cntainer 253 Wrkflw 253 Screens 254 Panels, Grids, and Fields - OWClientScreen 254 Data Surces 264 Optin Lists 264 OWCmmn Standard Cntainer 265 Wrkflw 265 Standalne Field 265 Data Tables 266 Optin Lists 266 OWPlicyCmmn Standard Cntainer 266 Wrkflw 266 Screens 267 Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwBillingInfScreen 267 Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwPlicyDistributrScreen 280

4 Table f Cntents Page iii Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwPlicyInsurerScreen 295 Panels, Grids, and Fields - Other 307 Standalne Fields 310 Data Surces 313 Optin Lists 313 OWClaimCmmn Standard Cntainer 313 Wrkflw 314 Screens 314 Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwClaimPaymentScreen 314 Prducts 320 Creating a New Prduct 320 Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct 322 Deactivating a Prduct 323 Prduct Mdel 325 Creating a New Prduct 325 Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct 327 Field Indexing 329 Adding Index Fields 329 Mdifying Field Indexes 331 Deleting Field Indexes 331 Premium Types 333 Creating a New Premium Type 333 Viewing and Mdifying a Premium Type 335 Deactivating a Premium Type 336 Lkup Tables 338 Preparing the Lkup File 338 Uplading Lkup Tables 340 Viewing and Mdifying Lkup Tables and Versins 345 Deactivating a Lkup Table 346 Deleting a Lkup Table Versin 347 Managing Clauses 348 Creating a New Clause 348 Viewing and Mdifying a Clause 351 Deactivating a Clause 353 Managing Templates 355

5 Table f Cntents Page iv Creating a New Template 355 Viewing and Mdifying an Template 357 Deactivating an Template 358 Managing Dcument Templates 360 Exprt / Imprt 366 Migrating Cntent 366 Migrating Prducts 366 Migrating Wrkflws 367 Migrating Lkup Tables int Data Tables 368 Exprting Wrkflw Cntainers 369 Imprting Wrkflw Cntainers 370 Exprting Prducts 373 Imprting Prducts 377 Exprting and Imprting Dcument Templates 382 Exprting Dcument Templates 382 Imprting Dcument Templates 383 Exprting Dmain Rate Tables 384 Imprting Dmain Rate Tables 385 Exprting Lkup Tables 388 Imprting Lkup Tables 390 Exprting and Imprting Security Rles 392 Dwnlad Wrd Ribbn Wrkflw File 394 Master Cvers 395 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins 396 Creating a New Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratin 396 Viewing and Mdifying a Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratin 400 Impact Assessments 401 Creating an Impact Assessment 401 Viewing an Impact Assessment 404 Reference 411 Appendix A - Syntax 411 Wrkflw and System Placehlders 411 Tables in Plicy s 412 Tables in Claims s 413

6 Table f Cntents Page v Index Triggers 414 I

7 Intrductin Page 1 Intrductin Welcme t Insurity's Bridge Specialty Suite. The system prvides a full wrkflw, frm the administratin f prducts and cverage, t the submissin and management f individual plicies. Access t all features, ptins, and data are cntrlled by the settings in yur user accunt. This guide is fr users with prduct management rights, cvering the creatin and management f prducts, wrkflws, and resurces t be used thrughut the system. This guide assumes the user is familiar with the general functins f the system. Fr instructins n lgging in and using cmmn features thrughut the system, see the User Guide - Intrductin dcument. Wrkflw Cntainers Wrkflw cntainers are used as a cllectin f related wrkflw cmpnents and cnfiguratins. The cntents f each cntainer are islated frm ther cntainers, allwing the creatin f a fcused prduct. If sme cntent is meant t be available fr mre than ne prduct, cmmn cntainers can be created and shared t ther cntainers. This makes much f the cntent available t the receiver cntainers. Wrkflw cntainers can have versins based n a specific effective date. When a new versin cmes int effect, it can apply verrides t frmulas, data tables, and even field behavirs. Navigating Wrkflw Cntainers Each wrkflw cntainer has multiple screens f infrmatin, accessed thrugh the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget t the left f the page. The widget becmes available n pening an existing wrkflw cntainer r cmpleting and saving the Wrkflw Cntainer infrmatin fr a new cntainer.

8 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 2 General Infrmatin Wrkflw Management Opens the cre Wrkflw Cntainer page t manage details f the cntainer itself. This ptin expands t prvide access t the wrkflw cmpnents ptins. Fields Opens the Fields list t manage field cnfiguratins. See the Managing Fields sectin. Panels Opens the Panels list t manage panel cnfiguratins. See the Managing Panels sectin. Grids Opens the Grids list t manage grid cnfiguratins. See the Managing Grids sectin. Screens Opens the Screens list t manage screen cnfiguratins. See the Managing Screens sectin.

9 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 3 Wrkflws Opens the Wrkflws list t manage wrkflw cnfiguratins. See the Managing Wrkflws sectin. Rules This ptin expands t prvide access t the rules cmpnents ptins. Triggers Opens the Triggers list t manage trigger cnfiguratins. See the Managing Triggers sectin. Field Evaluatin Rules Shared Cntainers Integratins Lkups Opens the Field Evaluatin Rules list t manage evaluatin rules. See the Managing Field Evaluatin Rules sectin. Opens the Shared Cntainers list t manage sharing between wrkflw cntainers. See the Managing Shared Cntainers sectin. Opens the Integratin Cnfiguratins list t manage integratins between systems. See the Managing Integratin Cnfiguratins sectin. This ptin expands t prvide access t the lkups cmpnents ptins. Data Tables Opens the Data Tables list t manage data tables. See the Managing Data Tables sectin. Data Surces Opens the Data Surce Cnfiguratins list t manage data surces. See the Managing Data Surces sectin. Optin Lists Opens the Optin Lists list t manage ptin lists. See the Managing Optin Lists sectin. Versins Opens the Wrkflw Cntainer Versins list t manage cntainer versins. See the Managing Versins sectin. Managing Wrkflw Cntainers

10 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 4 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then Wrkflw Cntainers. The Wrkflw Cntainers page pens with a list f all available cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. If there are a large number f available cntainers, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate cntainers. 2. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing wrkflw cntainer. Click Add t add a new wrkflw cntainer. Check the bxes fr ne r mre wrkflw cntainers and click Deactivate t disable the selected cntainers. A cntainer can als be deactivated frm the Wrkflw Cntainer page. Inactive cntainers will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 3. On viewing r creating a cntainer, the Wrkflw Cntainer page pens. 4. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

11 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 5 Name Cde Functinal Area Enter the name f the wrkflw cntainer. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this cntainer in ther cnfiguratins. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference name. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. Select what areas f the system will be using this wrkflw cntainer and its assciated resurces. This selectin als determines which standard cntainers will be autmatically shared t the current cntainer. Cmmn The resurces will be available acrss all areas. Plicy Exclusive t the plicy submissins mdule. Claims Exclusive t the claims mdule. Descriptin A descriptin can be prvided fr the wrkflw cntainer. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Wrkflw Cntainers list.

12 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 6 The Status panel becmes available nce the wrkflw cntainer has been saved. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the wrkflw cntainer as active and available fr use. Inactive cntainers will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the wrkflw cntainer was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the wrkflw cntainer was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 5. Select an actin. Click Save t save the wrkflw cntainer and remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the cntainer and return t the Wrkflw Cntainers list. Click Clse t return t the Wrkflw Cntainers list withut saving the cntainer.

13 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 7 Wrkflw Cntainers Wrkflw cntainers are used as a cllectin f related wrkflw cmpnents and cnfiguratins. The cntents f each cntainer are islated frm ther cntainers, allwing the creatin f a fcused prduct. If sme cntent is meant t be available fr mre than ne prduct, cmmn cntainers can be created and shared t ther cntainers. This makes much f the cntent available t the receiver cntainers. Wrkflw cntainers can have versins based n a specific effective date. When a new versin cmes int effect, it can apply verrides t frmulas, data tables, and even field behavirs. Navigating Wrkflw Cntainers Each wrkflw cntainer has multiple screens f infrmatin, accessed thrugh the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget t the left f the page. The widget becmes available n pening an existing wrkflw cntainer r cmpleting and saving the Wrkflw Cntainer infrmatin fr a new cntainer.

14 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 8 General Infrmatin Wrkflw Management Opens the cre Wrkflw Cntainer page t manage details f the cntainer itself. This ptin expands t prvide access t the wrkflw cmpnents ptins. Fields Opens the Fields list t manage field cnfiguratins. See the Managing Fields sectin. Panels Opens the Panels list t manage panel cnfiguratins. See the Managing Panels sectin. Grids Opens the Grids list t manage grid cnfiguratins. See the Managing Grids sectin. Screens Opens the Screens list t manage screen cnfiguratins. See the Managing Screens sectin.

15 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 9 Wrkflws Opens the Wrkflws list t manage wrkflw cnfiguratins. See the Managing Wrkflws sectin. Rules This ptin expands t prvide access t the rules cmpnents ptins. Triggers Opens the Triggers list t manage trigger cnfiguratins. See the Managing Triggers sectin. Field Evaluatin Rules Shared Cntainers Integratins Lkups Opens the Field Evaluatin Rules list t manage evaluatin rules. See the Managing Field Evaluatin Rules sectin. Opens the Shared Cntainers list t manage sharing between wrkflw cntainers. See the Managing Shared Cntainers sectin. Opens the Integratin Cnfiguratins list t manage integratins between systems. See the Managing Integratin Cnfiguratins sectin. This ptin expands t prvide access t the lkups cmpnents ptins. Data Tables Opens the Data Tables list t manage data tables. See the Managing Data Tables sectin. Data Surces Opens the Data Surce Cnfiguratins list t manage data surces. See the Managing Data Surces sectin. Optin Lists Opens the Optin Lists list t manage ptin lists. See the Managing Optin Lists sectin. Versins Opens the Wrkflw Cntainer Versins list t manage cntainer versins. See the Managing Versins sectin. Managing Wrkflw Cntainers

16 Wrkflw Cntainers Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then Wrkflw Cntainers. The Wrkflw Cntainers page pens with a list f all available cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. If there are a large number f available cntainers, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate cntainers. 2. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing wrkflw cntainer. Click Add t add a new wrkflw cntainer. Check the bxes fr ne r mre wrkflw cntainers and click Deactivate t disable the selected cntainers. A cntainer can als be deactivated frm the Wrkflw Cntainer page. Inactive cntainers will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 3. On viewing r creating a cntainer, the Wrkflw Cntainer page pens. 4. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

17 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 11 Name Cde Functinal Area Enter the name f the wrkflw cntainer. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this cntainer in ther cnfiguratins. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference name. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. Select what areas f the system will be using this wrkflw cntainer and its assciated resurces. This selectin als determines which standard cntainers will be autmatically shared t the current cntainer. Cmmn The resurces will be available acrss all areas. Plicy Exclusive t the plicy submissins mdule. Claims Exclusive t the claims mdule. Descriptin A descriptin can be prvided fr the wrkflw cntainer. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Wrkflw Cntainers list.

18 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 12 The Status panel becmes available nce the wrkflw cntainer has been saved. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the wrkflw cntainer as active and available fr use. Inactive cntainers will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the wrkflw cntainer was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the wrkflw cntainer was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 5. Select an actin. Click Save t save the wrkflw cntainer and remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the cntainer and return t the Wrkflw Cntainers list. Click Clse t return t the Wrkflw Cntainers list withut saving the cntainer.

19 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 13 Managing Fields Individual fields are ne f the mst basic cmpnents f the wrkflw, each ne capturing an element f the submissin r claim infrmatin. Nte: These instructins are fr the Fields management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Fields. The Fields page pens with a list f all available fields within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active fields are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all fields. If there are a large number f available fields, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate fields. 3. Select an actin.

20 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 14 Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing field. Click Create t add a new field. Check the bxes fr ne r mre fields and click Deactivate t disable the selected fields. A field can als be deactivated frm the Field Management page. Inactive fields will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r creating a field, the Field Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

21 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 15 Name Cde Enter the name f the field. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this field when cnnecting it t ther elements f the wrkflw. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference cde which is generated by the system when the field is saved.

22 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 16 Nte: In additin t the cmmn rules used by the system t generate the Cde based n the Name field, this page als makes an exceptin fr the perid symbl. Perids are preserved except fr thse fund at the beginning and end f the Name. Wherever there is a grup f tw r mre cnsecutive perids, the first perid f the grup will be preserved and the rest will be remved. Descriptin External Cde A descriptin can be prvided fr the field. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Fields list. This field is used fr integratin between the Bridge Specialty Suite and external systems r mdules. This can be used in multiple ways. The cde shuld nt include spaces. Any spaces are remved when the field is saved. In additin, special characters ther than underscre ( _ ) shuld be avided. Oceanwide Marine Suite Fr integratin with the Oceanwide Marine Suite, this cde shuld match the Client Cde field in the related custm field (EDF) in the Oceanwide Marine Suite. Billing Mdule Fr integratins with system data in the billing mdule, enter the cde fr the integratin field. This field will display the current value f the integratin field, althugh the value will be read-nly, and changes t the field will nt be saved. Fr a list f available integratin fields, see the sectin n Billing Integratin Fields in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. Claims Mdule Fields can be integrated between the plicy and claims mdules, allwing plicy infrmatin t be pulled int a claim when a plicy is selected. There are tw ways t achieve this.

23 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 17 Shared Field: A single field is used in bth the plicy wrkflw and the claims wrkflw. The External Cde fr this field shuld have the "Bridge.Plicy." prefix, such as "Bridge.Plicy.CverageRegin". Linked Fields: Tw fields are linked, ne in the plicy wrkflw and ne in the claims wrkflw. Bth fields shuld have the same External Cde, prefixed with "Bridge.Plicy.", such as "Bridge.Plicy.CverageRegin". Whenever a plicy is selected fr a claim, including changing r re-selecting a plicy, the claims field will be ppulated with the data frm the assciated plicy field. The claims field can then be used nrmally fr features such as calculatins, cnditins, and generated dcuments. Nte that changes t the plicy field will nt autmatically be cpied t the claims field. The data will nly be cpied when selecting a plicy in the claim. In additin, any changes t the claims field will nt be cpied t the plicy field, and will be replaced with the plicy field data if the plicy is re-selected. Cntrl Type Select the type f field. Checkbx A single checkbx, that can be checked r unchecked. Checkbx Grup A grup f tw r mre checkbxes, arranged hrizntally, where each ne can be checked r unchecked.

24 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 18 Cmb Bx An advanced drpdwn list, displaying multiple clumns f data frm a data surce such as a pre-defined lkup table, a grid within the wrkflw, r a web service. This list is searchable by entering characters, and the selected ptin can ppulate multiple fields n the screen, as defined in the data surce. Date Picker A field where the date can be entered manually, r selected frm a calendar lkup. Drp Dwn A simple drp dwn list, displaying selectins frm an Optin List. File Uplad A field that allws the user t uplad a single file. The user can click the Select r Drp File t Uplad buttn t pen a standard file selectin windw, r drag and drp a file nt the field. Once the file has been upladed, it can be viewed by clicking the link r deleted with the Delete buttn. Nte that this type f field shuld nt be placed as the first clumn in a grid, r the link will pen the recrd instead f dwnlading the file.

25 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 19 Include Exclude List Creates tw fields with cntrls t mve items between the Include and Exclude sides. Label This ptin displays the text entered in the Default field, and cannt be changed by the user. This can be used t insert additinal infrmatin int the frm. Text must be entered in the Default field, and wraps arund accrding t the selected Size.

26 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 20 Multi Select A list f checkbxes, arranged vertically, allwing ne r mre items t be checked. Radi Buttns A grup f tw r mre ptins, where nly ne can be selected. Nte: The vertical r hrizntal rientatin can be selected with the Layut ptin further dwn in the panel. Rich Text A large text-entry field with frmatting tls t display and prduce rich text cntent. Frmatting in these fields is maintained when the data is pulled int generated dcuments. Text Area A multi-line bx used fr blcks f simple text.

27 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 21 Textbx A single-line field fr simple text. Textbx (Decimal) Used fr numerical values that may include decimals. If a Runding Precisin (see belw) is nt specified, the field defaults t tw decimal pints. Textbx ( ) A single-line field fr ne r mre addresses. Multiple addresses shuld be separated by cmmas. The system validates that all addresses are prperly frmatted. Textbx (Integer) Used fr numerical values, but nly accepts whle numbers. Optin Lists Size Fr cntrl types that include multiple ptins, select the list f ptins t be available. The ptin list shuld be created first. See the Managing Optin Lists sectin fr details. Available fr Cntrl Types with variable widths. Select the size f the field. This can be applied t the Label, Text Area, Text Bx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx ( ), and Textbx (Integer) cntrl types.

28 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 22 Nte: Small size is nt supprted fr Text Area and Textbx ( ), and Large size is nt supprted fr Textbx (Decimal) and Textbx (Integer). Small The field is 124 pixels wide, including any scrllbars. Medium The field is 274 pixels wide, including any scrllbars. Large The field is 399 pixels wide, including any scrllbars. Page Width This ptin is currently inactive. Height Fr multi-line fields, this selects the height f the bx. This can be applied t the Include Exclude List, Rich Text, and Text Area cntrl types, and the exact height varies fr each. Shrt Fr Include Exclude List fields, the height is 135 pixels, including the scrllbars and labels. Fr Rich Text fields, the height is 288 pixels, including the header and tl bx. Fr Text Area fields (displayed belw), the height is 56 pixels. Medium Fr Include Exclude List fields, the height is 255 pixels, including the scrllbars and labels. Fr Rich Text fields, the height is 538 pixels, including the header and tl bx. Fr Text Area fields (displayed belw), the height is 147 pixels.

29 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 23 Tall Fr Include Exclude List fields, the height is 495 pixels, including the scrllbars and labels. Fr Rich Text fields, the height is 838 pixels, including the header and tl bx. Fr Text Area fields (displayed belw), the height is 277 pixels. Layut Available when the Radi Buttns ptin is selected fr the Cntrl Type. This selects if the ptins are displayed in a Hrizntal r Vertical arrangement. The hrizntal arrangement cnserves space in the frm, while the vertical arrangement allws fr lnger descrip-

30 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 24 tins. Fixed Height when Read-Only Available when the Rich Text ptin is selected fr the Cntrl Type. This cntrls hw the field is displayed when in read-nly mde (either as a default setting r due t a field verride rule). When checked, the field always displays at the height selected abve. A scrllbar becmes available if the cntent exceeds the size f the field. When unchecked, the field height shrinks r expands t match the cntent f the field. Hide Thusands Separatr Data Surce Search Mde Available when the Textbx (Integer) ptin is selected fr the Cntrl Type. This prevents the thusands separatr frm being shwn in the displayed value, while maintaining the validatin t ensure the value des nt cntain decimals r ther characters. This is useful fr displaying serial numbers r the year. This field is available when Cmb Bx is selected as the Cntrl Type. Select the data surce cntaining the necessary cnfiguratin. See the Managing Data Surces sectin fr mre infrmatin. This field is available when Cmb Bx is selected as the Cntrl Type. A cmb bx can be searched by entering ne r mre characters t filter the cntent. Autmatic An Autmatic search will begin nce the user has entered a minimum number f characters defined in the Minimum Filter Length field. The search will refresh with each character added after the minimum.

31 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 25 Manual A Manual search adds a search icn t the right f the field. The user can enter as much r as little infrmatin as they chse, then click the search icn t retrieve the apprpriate results. Manual search is recmmended when using large tables f data, r when using web services. This will result in better perfrmance in bth cases, and sme web services incur charges fr each search. Minimum Filter Length This field is available when Autmatic is selected as the Search Mde. Enter the minimum number f characters t be entered befre the filtered results are displayed. If the minimum length is zer, all cntent is available immediately. The user can always enter mre than the minimum number f characters t further refine the search. Disable Aut Select Lad All Optins After Saving This field is available when Cmb Bx is selected as the Cntrl Type. When unchecked, if a search prduces a single result, that result will be autmatically selected. When checked, the user will need t manually select the result. This field is available when Cmb Bx is selected as the Cntrl Type. When checked, if a user selects and saves a search result then clicks int the cmb bx again, the system navigates t the saved value and highlights it in the list. The system cntinues t display all search results. Nte: Paging within the list is disabled when this bx is checked. Fr this reasn, this setting shuld nly be used fr small lists as large lists culd suffer a perfrmance impact when lading. If a user adds r remves characters frm the saved result, a new search begins with the

32 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 26 applied filtering and the cmb bx displays the new results. If a search result is selected and the user clicks int the cmb bx withut saving, the system display all results and navigates t the selected value in the list. When unchecked, the cmb bx displays the search results based n the filtering parameters and values entered in the search. When a value is selected and saved, and the user clicks int the cmb bx again, nly the saved result is displayed. Crrelated Fr Drp Dwn fields, crrelating the fields causes the selectin f any ptin in the parent field t define the available ptins in the child field. Check the Crrelated checkbx if this field is t be used as a parent r child. Parent Field If this field is t be a child field in a Crrelated pairing, select the parent field frm this list. Label Text Enter the label t appear next t the field in the wrkflw. Help Text Enter the help text t be shwn when the user pints t the Help icn next t the field. If n help text is prvided, the Help icn is nt shwn.

33 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 27 Tip: Once the field has been saved, the Label Text and Help Text becme available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument.

34 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 28 Required If checked, the user must cmplete the field befre they can save the screen. Rules can be defined t verride this behavir based n user type r certain circumstances.

35 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 29 Read-Only Hidden Rate Driver Available fr Triggers Available fr Reprts Calculated Always Calculate If checked, the field displays its current r default value, and cannt be changed. Rules can be defined t verride this behavir based n user type r certain circumstances. If checked, the field is nt displayed n the submissin frm. Rules can be defined t verride this behavir based n user type r certain circumstances. If checked, the field can be selected when setting up rates calculatins. This ptin is nly available fr numeric fields. If checked, the field can be selected when setting up a trigger. If checked, this field is available fr use in reprts (such as Cgns). If checked, the value f the field is calculated using a frmula instead f taking user input directly. This field is visible when the Calculated checkbx is checked. The system evaluates calculated fields quite ften, in respnse t actins such as navigatin, qute calculatin, validatin rules, and autmated scheduled calculatins. Each calculated field adds t the prcessing time fr the calculatin pass. When this ptin is checked, this calculated field will be evaluated every time the system perfrms a calculatin pass. When unchecked, this field will nly be calculated when it is required fr anther calculatin, imprving perfrmance. Calculated Field Frmula This field is visible when the Calculated checkbx is checked. Enter the frmula that the system will use t calculate the value f the field. Please see the Building Frmulas sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument fr detailed instructins n preparing frmulas. Placehlders can be used t pull data int the frmula. Fr a list f placehlders, see the Full Placehlders List fr Plicy Infrmatin sectin in the User Guide - Calculated

36 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 30 Fields dcument. Apply Default This field is visible when the Calculated checkbx is unchecked. Select hw the system will generate a default value fr the field. Nne The field will nt have a default value. Cnstant A cnstant default value will be taken frm the Default field belw. Frmula The default value will be generated using the frmula specified in the Default Frmula field belw. Default This field is visible when Cnstant is selected fr the Apply Default field. Enter a cnstant value t be the default value f the field. When prviding a default value fr Checkbx field types, enter "true" fr checked r "false" fr unchecked. When prviding a default value fr a Date Picker field, the date must be in the full system frmat " T18:16: :00". When prviding a default value fr selectin field types such as Drp Dwn r Radi Buttn, the ptin list item Cde must be prvided as the value. When viewing settings fr a Rich Text Field type, the Default bx appears at the bttm f the panel instead and has additinal functinality. Please see the Setting Default Values fr Rich Text Fields sectin. Nte that default values are nt supprted fr Multi-Select, Check bx Grup, r Include/Exclude Lists. Default Frmula This field is visible when Frmula is selected fr the Apply Default field.

37 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 31 Enter a frmula t determine the default value fr the field. Please see the Building Frmulas sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument fr detailed instructins n preparing frmulas. Nte: Default frmulas are nly evaluated fr transactins in Incmplete, Quted, and Referred status. The system will nly evaluate the frmula when the field value is null and the wrkflw screen cntaining the field is laded, such as frm navigating t the screen r when the screen is refreshed after taking certain actins. As the default value is nly calculated n lading the screen, use cautin when referencing the value frm ther calculated fields. If ther calculated fields attempt t use the default value befre it is evaluated, unexpected behavir r errrs can ccur. When the frmula is evaluated, the result is nt autmatically saved. T save the result, the transactin must be saved befre leaving the page. Once the field has been saved with any value, including an empty string resulting frm deleting its current value, the default will nt be applied again fr the current transactin. Maximum Length Runding Precisin This value defines the maximum number f characters that can be entered in the field. When a user is entering infrmatin, the cursr stps at the set number f characters. If pasting infrmatin int the field, nly the set number f characters are pasted. This ptin nly applies t TextBx and Textbx ( ) cntrl types. This value defines the number f decimal spaces permitted in the field. If a user attempts t enter a value with t many decimal spaces, an errr message asks that they crrect the value.

38 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 32 Scale Minimum Value Maximum Value This ptin is currently inactive. Available when Textbx (Decimal) r Textbx (Integer) are selected fr the Cntrl Type. The field will nt accept any value less than this setting. Available when Textbx (Decimal) r Textbx (Integer) are selected fr the Cntrl Type. The field will nt accept any value greater than this setting. Cpy and Transactin Types The fields fr Cpy and the transactin types define hw field data is handled when creating a new transactin thrugh Cpy, Endrsement, Adjustment, Declaratin, Renewal, Cancellatin, r Reinstatement. Cpy Frm Surce Cpies the value f this field frm the surce transactin. D Nt Cpy Des nt cpy the value f this field frm the surce transactin. Selecting this ptin displays tw additinal ptins t determine hw the target field is handled. This is preset t

39 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 33 Default, causing the target field t revert t its default settings. Cpy Different Field Frm Surce Cpy Plicy Data Cpies the value frm a selected field in the surce transactin. On selecting this ptin, the Select Field drp-dwn appears, listing active fields f the same type. Select the field t cpy the value frm. In the case f a calculated field, this cpies the calculated value, and nt the frmula itself. This setting defines hw field data is handled when using the Cpy Plicy Data actin, which imprts data t the current transactin frm anther transactin under the same prduct. Cpy Frm Surce Cpies the value f this field frm the surce transactin. D Nt Cpy Des nt cpy the value f this field frm the surce transactin. Selecting this ptin displays tw additinal ptins t determine hw the target field is handled. This is preset t D Nthing, which des nt make any changes t the field in the current transactin. Cpy Different Field Frm Surce This ptin is nt available fr the Cpy Plicy Data field. The Status panel becmes available nce the field has been saved. Active Marks the field as active and available fr use. Inactive fields will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins.

40 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 34 Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the field was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the field was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Add r Save t save the field and remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the field and return t the fields list. Click Clse t return t the fields list withut saving the field. The Cpy buttn can be used t create a cpy f the current field. See the Cpying a Field sectin fr instructins. Setting Default Values fr Rich Text Fields When viewing the cnfiguratin fr Rich Text Field types, the Default bx has additinal functinality. All text can be frmatted using the ptins in the tlbar. Existing clauses can be inserted frm the clause library.

41 Wrkflw Cntainers Page Click Imprt Cntent. The Imprt Cntent page pens. 2. Select a clause frm the Clause Library field. Click n the View link t preview the selected clause. 3. Click Imprt t return t the Field Management page and insert the clause at the end f the current default text, r click Clse t return t the Field Management page withut adding the clause. 4. Click Save nce the default text is cmplete. Cpying a Field T save time when creating grups f similar fields, an existing field can be cpied under a new name. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Fields. The Fields page pens with a list f all available fields within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers.

42 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 36 Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active fields are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all fields. If there are a large number f available fields, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate field. 3. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing field, the Field Management page pens. 4. Click the Cpy buttn. The Cpy Field windw pens. 5. Enter the Name f the new field. 6. Click Next t save the field and prceed t the Field management page fr the new field, r click Cancel t return t the riginal field withut saving the cpy. 7. The new field is available in the fields list, and can be edited as needed. Nte: The Crrelated and Parent Field settings cannt be cpied due t the unique cnnectins between the field and the parent. When cpying a crrelated field, a new crrelatin must be created manually. An Inactive field can be cpied, with the cpy being Active by default.

43 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 37 Publishing a Calculated Field's Frmula The cntent f a Calculated Field Frmula can be published directly frm the Field Management page. This allws it t be quickly published fr testing r t be used immediately withut publishing the rest f the wrkflw. Nte: This feature can nly be used fr a field that has been included in a published wrkflw and is still part f that wrkflw. The purpse f this feature is t quickly publish changes t the Calculated Field Frmula, and can nt be used t publish any ther settings fr the field. This functinality is supprted fr bth Calculated Field Frmulas and Default Frmulas. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Fields. The Fields page pens with a list f all available fields within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active fields are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all fields. 3. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing field. The Field Management page pens.

44 Wrkflw Cntainers Page Navigate t the Calculated Field Frmula field and mdify the frmula as needed. Fr infrmatin n building frmulas, see the Building Frmulas sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. 5. Click the Publish buttn t publish the new Calculated Field Frmula, r click Cancel t return t Fields page withut publishing the field. Nte: When publishing a Calculated Field Frmula in a Wrkflw Cntainer that has been shared with ne r mre "receiver" cntainers, the field frmula will be updated in all "receiver" cntainers that have this shared cmpnent. Fr mre infrmatin n shared cntainers, see the Managing Shared Cntainers sectin. Tip: Once the field is successfully published, a message will appear at the tp f the Field Management page cnfirming which Wrkflw Cntainers the new Calculated Field Frmula has been published t.

45 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 39 Managing Panels Panels are used t cllect multiple fields, usually related, int a grup fr use in the wrkflw. Panels can be manually expanded and cllapsed using the and icns r by clicking in an empty area f the panel header. Panels can be set t appear in expanded r cllapsed frm by default. Nte: These instructins are fr the Panels management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Panels. The Panels page pens with a list f all available panels within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active panels are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all panels.

46 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 40 If there are a large number f available panels, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate panels. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing panel. Click Create t add a new panel. Check the bxes fr ne r mre panels and click Deactivate t disable the selected panels. A panel can als be deactivated frm the Panel Management page. Inactive panels will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r creating a panel, the Panel Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

47 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 41 Name Cde Descriptin External Cde Enter the name f the panel. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this panel when cnnecting it t ther elements f the wrkflw. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference cde which is generated by the system when the panel is saved. A descriptin can be prvided fr the panel. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Panels list. This field is used fr integratin between the Bridge Specialty Suite and external systems. The cde shuld nt include spaces. Any spaces are remved when the field is saved. In additin, special characters ther than underscre ( _ ) shuld be avided.

48 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 42 Label Text Enter the label t be shwn at the tp f the panel. When the panel is cllapsed, this label is the nly part that shws, s the label shuld be descriptive enugh fr users t lcate the fields they need. Help Text Enter the help text t be shwn when the user clicks n the Help icn in the panel header. Tips: If the Label Text and Help Text fields are bth blank, the panel header will be hidden. This can be used t arrange panels s that they appear t be a single panel, while each panel maintains distinct display and verride rules. Hiding the header remves the cntrl t cllapse r expand the panel. Fr this reasn, any settings r verrides t cllapse the panel will nt be applied if the header is hidden Once the panel has been saved, the Label Text and Help Text becme available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. Cntrl Type Select the frmat f the panel. Nte that nce the panel has been saved, the cntrl type cannt be mdified. Frm The fields are presented in rder f sequence, arranged accrding t the Layut and Clumn Layut settings.

49 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 43 SmartView The panel is displayed as a SmartView dashbard. When selected, this ptin displays the Dashbard GUID field t define the dashbard. All ther cnfiguratin must be dne in the dashbard itself within SmartView. Nte: This feature nly supprts the cnfiguratin f ne SmartView panel within a screen, hwever, ther panel types and grids may be cnfigured n the same screen as a SmartView panel. Dashbard GUID Layut This field is available when SmartView is selected as the Cntrl Type. Enter the 32 character alpha-numeric cde used t specify the SmartView dashbard t be displayed in the panel. This field is available when Frm is selected as the Cntrl Type. Select hw the labels and fields will be psitined in the panel. Hrizntal The labels will appear t the left f the field. This is the mst cmmn setting fr fields with shrt labels. Vertical The labels will appear abve the fields. This is useful fr fields with very lng labels, such as a detailed questin.

50 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 44 Clumn Layut This field is available when Frm is selected as the Cntrl Type. Select hw the fields will be arranged in the panel. Single The panel will have a single clumn f fields. This prvides the greatest amunt f space fr wide fields and specific field cntrl types. Duble The panel will have tw clumns f fields. This is useful fr panels with many shrt fields. Nte: There are sme field restrictins when using Duble clumns. Fr Cmb Bx, Textbx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx ( ), and Textbx (Integer) fields, if the Size is set t anything greater than Small, the field will be resized t fit the clumn.

51 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 45 Fr Drp Dwn fields, if the Size is set t anything greater than Small, the field will be changed t Small when publishing the wrkflw. File Uplad, Include Exclude List, and Rich Text field types are t large and cannt be resized, s they cannt be included in a duble-clumn layut. Text Area fields can be included, but nly if Vertical is selected as the Layut Type. The Hrizntal layut is t wide. Managing Fields in the Panel The Fields panel becmes available nce the current panel cnfiguratin has been saved, and Frm is selected as the Cntrl Type. This panel lists all fields included in the current panel, and is used t manage the field cnfiguratins.

52 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 46 a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing field cnfiguratin. Click Add Fields t add a new field cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre field cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected fields frm the panel. b. If adding a field, the Add Fields windw pens, prceed t the next step. If viewing an existing field, the Edit Field windw pens, prceed t step f belw. c. In the Add Fields windw, the Available Fields panel lists all fields that are available fr use in the panel. The clumns can be srted and filtered t lcate the necessary fields, then click Add fr each ne in the rder they shuld appear in the panel. Each field is grayed ut as it is selected. d. Click Bulk Add t add all selected fields t the Included Fields list.

53 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 47 As each field is added, default sequence numbers are assigned in increments f ten and the cnfiguratin is saved. The sequence numbers can be manually changed later in the prcess. e. When all fields have been added, click Clse t clse the windw. f. The Fields panel lists all fields currently included in the panel. T update the sequence number fr a field, click a link in the Name clumn. The Edit Field windw pens. Name Sequence Displays the name f the selected field. The assigned sequence number can be changed. Tip: It is advisable t leave gaps between the sequence numbers, such as 5, 10, 15. This allws new fields t be added t the list at a later date, inserted between existing fields. Otherwise, the sequence numbers f existing fields must be changed t allw fr the new additin.

54 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 48 g. Select an actin. Click Save t save the field and keep the windw pen. Click Save & Clse t save the field and clse the windw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the field. Managing Panel Behavir Overrides The Panel Behavir Override panel becmes available nce the current panel cnfiguratin has been saved, and Frm is selected as the Cntrl Type. By default, each panel is pen, visible, and editable at all stages and statuses f the transactin r claim. The Panel Behavir Override panel is used t manage rules that change the behavir based n a variety f ptins. The table lists all defined rules fr the current panel.

55 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 49 Tip: Overrides take effect when the page refreshes. Respnsive Display f Panels, detailed in the Managing Screens sectin, causes panels t hide r appear immediately, and may be a useful alternative t verrides. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Transactin Type Is clumn t view an existing verride rule. Click Add Panel Behavir t add a new verride rule. Check the bxes fr ne r mre verride rules and click Delete t remve the selected verrides frm the panel. b. On viewing r creating an verride rule, the Panel Behavir Override page pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Select hw the panel shuld behave under the defined circumstances. Cllapsed The panel starts ut cllapsed when the frm is displayed. The user can still expand the panel t display the fields.

56 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 50 Hidden Read-Only The panel is nt shwn in the frm, althugh it is still present fr use in triggers, calculated fields, and generating dcuments. The panel can be viewed, but cannt be edited. The Trigger field is used t assign a trigger t the rule. The rule is nly applied if the trigger evaluates as true. Ntes: Use cautin when creating verride rules fr panels that cntain fields used in triggers. It can create circumstances where users activate changes in a frm and are unable t und the changes. When a user makes changes in a screen that activates an verride rule, it des nt ccur immediately. The rule is applied when any actin is taken that saves and refreshes the screen. If a panel is changed t hidden by an verride rule, all fields in that panel retain their current value. Select the types f transactin where the rule applies.

57 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 51 New Business Endrsement Adjustment Declaratin Renewal Cancellatin Reinstatement The riginal versin f a transactin r plicy. A mdificatin t a bund plicy. An adjustment t a bund plicy. A peridical mdificatin t a bund plicy. A renewal fr an expired plicy. A cancelled plicy. A plicy that was reinstated after being cancelled. Select the transactin r plicy statuses where the rule applies. Incmplete Quted A transactin that has nt yet had a qute calculated. A transactin that has been quted and is ready t be bund.

58 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 52 Referred Bund Declined Indicatin Prvided Underwriting Required Payment Pending Lst Rescinded A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and has been submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A plicy that has been bund. A transactin that went int qute request r referral, but has been declined. A preliminary qute has been issued, which cannt be bund. A full qute must still be requested, pssibly requiring additinal infrmatin. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and must either be crrected r submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A transactin that is awaiting payment befre being bund. A quted transactin that has been marked as lst business. A cancellatin transactin that has been rescinded.

59 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 53 Select the types f user where the rule applies. The user viewing the screen must have ne r mre f the selected security rles in rder fr the rule t be applied. Nte: At least ne ptin must be selected in each categry. Fr a rule t apply t all ptins in a categry, all ptins must be selected. d. Select an actin. When creating a new rule, click Add & New t save the rule and clear the frm t add additinal rules. When viewing an existing rule, click Save t save the rule and remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the rule and return t the panel details. Click Clse t return t the panel details withut saving the rule. Managing Field Behavir Overrides

60 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 54 The Field Behavir Override panel becmes available nce the current panel cnfiguratin has been saved, and Frm is selected as the Cntrl Type. When each field was created, default behavir was defined. The Field Behavir Override panel is used t manage rules that change the behavir based n a variety f ptins. The table lists all currently defined rules fr the current panel. Tip: Overrides take effect when the page refreshes. Respnsive Display f Fields, detailed in the Managing Respnsive Display f Fields sectin, causes fields t hide r appear immediately, and may be a useful alternative t verrides. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing verride rule. Click Add Field Behavir t add a new verride rule. Check the bxes fr ne r mre verride rules and click Delete t remve the selected verrides frm the panel. b. On viewing r creating an verride rule, the Field Behavir Override page pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Panel/Grid Displays the Name f the currently selected panel.

61 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 55 Select the fields where the rule applies. All required fields shuld be added t the panel befre defining the rules. If any fields are added t the panel that shuld be included in an existing rule, the rule must be edited t select the new fields. Select hw the field shuld behave under the defined circumstances. Fr each ptin select Yes t apply the behavir r N t nt apply it. Required Hidden Read-Only The field must be cmpleted befre the user can save the screen. The field is nt shwn in the frm. The field can be viewed, but cannt be edited. The Trigger field is used t assign a trigger t the rule. The rule is nly applied if the trigger evaluates as true.

62 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 56 Ntes: Use cautin when creating verride rules fr fields that are used in triggers. It can create circumstances where users activate changes in a frm and are unable t und the changes. When a user makes changes in a screen that activates an verride rule, it des nt ccur immediately. The rule is applied when any actin is taken that saves and refreshes the screen. If a field is changed t hidden by an verride rule, it retains its current value. If a Rich Text field is made Read-Only, any Respnsive Display cnfiguratins fr that field will nt be applied. Select the types f transactin where the rule applies. New Business Endrsement Adjustment Declaratin The riginal versin f a transactin r plicy. A mdificatin t a bund plicy. An adjustment t a bund plicy. A peridical mdificatin t a bund plicy.

63 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 57 Renewal Cancellatin Reinstatement A renewal fr an expired plicy. A cancelled plicy. A plicy that was reinstated after being cancelled. Select the transactin r plicy statuses where the rule applies. Incmplete Underwriting Required Quted Referred Bund A transactin that has nt yet had a qute calculated. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and must either be crrected r submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A transactin that has been quted and is ready t be bund. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and has been submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A plicy that has been bund.

64 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 58 Rescinded Declined Lst A cancellatin transactin that has been rescinded. A transactin that went int qute request r referral, but has been declined. A quted transactin that has been marked as lst business. Select the types f user where the rule applies. The user viewing the screen must have ne r mre f the selected security rles in rder fr the rule t be applied. Nte: At least ne ptin must be selected in each categry. Fr a rule t apply t all ptins in a categry, all ptins must be selected. d. Select an actin. When creating a new rule, click Save & New t save the rule and clear the frm t add additinal rules. When viewing an existing rule, click Save t save the rule and remain n the page.

65 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 59 Click Save & Clse t save the rule and return t the panel details. Click Clse t return t the panel details withut saving the rule. Managing Respnsive Display f Fields The Respnsive Display f Fields panel becmes available nce the current panel cnfiguratin has been saved, and Frm is selected as the Cntrl Type. In sme cases, certain infrmatin will nly be necessary under certain cnditins. Respnsive Display f Fields cnfiguratins allw fields t be hidden r displayed immediately when the user selects specific ptins in the panel. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Cntrl Field clumn t view an existing display cnfiguratin. Click Add t add a new display cnfiguratin.

66 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 60 Check the bxes fr ne r mre display cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected cnfiguratins frm the panel. Individual cnfiguratins can als be deleted frm the Respnsive Display f Fields windw. b. On viewing r creating a display cnfiguratin, the Respnsive Display f Fields windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Cntrl Field Cntrl Field Optins Select the field frm the current panel that will cntrl the display f the fields. Fields f type Checkbx, Radi Buttns, and Cmb Bx are available. This field is available when a Radi Buttns r Cmb Bx type field is selected as the Cntrl Field. Fr a Radi Buttns cntrl field, this will be an include/exclude field. Select which

67 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 61 ptins will display the selected fields. A selected ptin cannt be used in mre than ne cnfiguratin. Fr a Cmb Bx cntrl field, this will be a text field. Enter all values that will display the selected fields, separated by semi-clns. These shuld be the key values defined in the Data Surce fr the cmb bx. Spaces are permitted, but any spaces at the beginning r end f individual values will be ignred. A value cannt be used in mre than ne cnfiguratin. Fields t Display Select the fields frm the current panel that will be affected by this cnfiguratin. When the checkbx is checked r ne f the Cntrl Field Optins are selected, the fields will be displayed. Nte that File Uplad and Rich Text cntrl types are unavailable fr this feature. Ntes: If data exists in a field, either a default value r entered by the user, it will be maintained whether the field is displayed r hidden. Rich Text fields can be respnsively disclsed, but nt when they are Read Only. If a rich text field is set t read-nly, either as a default setting r as an verride, it will be visible regardless f the respnsive display cnfiguratin. Use cautin when creating tw r mre respnsive display cnfiguratins that use different cntrl fields t display the same field. If any f the cntrl fields are changed t meet the cnditins, the field will be displayed, regardless f the ther cntrl fields. If any f the cntrl fields are changed t n lnger meet the cnditins, the field will be hidden, regardless f the ther cntrl fields. d. Select an actin.

68 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 62 When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the cnfiguratins. Click Save & New t save the cnfiguratin and clear the frm t add additinal cnfiguratins. Click Save & Clse t save the cnfiguratin and clse the windw. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, click Delete t remve the cnfiguratin frm the panel. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the cnfiguratin. The Status panel becmes available nce the current panel cnfiguratin has been saved. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the panel as active and available fr use. Inactive panels will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the panel was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the panel was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. On the Panel Management page, select an actin.

69 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 63 Click Add r Save t save the panel but remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the panel and return t the panels list. Click Clse t return t the panels list withut saving the panel.

70 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 64 Managing Grids Grid panels are used t cllect multiple fields int a table fr use in the wrkflw. Data can be added t a grid thrugh a simple windw, r thrugh a detailed multi-screen tabbed wrkflw. Grids can be single-level tables, arranged in a hierarchy with parent and child grids, r have assciated grids that display a sub-set f the fields available in the riginal grid. Grid panels can be manually cllapsed and expanded using the and icns r by clicking in an empty area f the panel header, and they can be set t appear in cllapsed frm by default. Nte: These instructins are fr the Grids management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Grids. The Grids page pens with a list f all available grid panels within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active grids are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all grids.

71 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 65 If there are a large number f available grids, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate grids. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing grid. Click Create t add a new grid. Check the bxes fr ne r mre grids and click Deactivate t disable the selected grids. A grid can als be deactivated frm the Panel Management page. Inactive grids will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r creating a grid, the Panel Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

72 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 66 Name Cde Descriptin External Cde Enter the name f the grid panel. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this grid when cnnecting it t ther elements f the wrkflw. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference name which is generated by the system when the grid panel is saved. A descriptin can be prvided fr the grid panel. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Grids list. This field is used fr integratin between the Bridge Specialty Suite and external systems. The cde shuld nt include spaces. Any spaces are remved when the field is saved. In additin, special characters ther than underscre ( _ ) shuld be avided.

73 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 67 Label Text Enter the label t be shwn at the tp f the grid panel. When the grid panel is cllapsed, this label is the nly part that shws, s the label shuld be descriptive enugh fr users t lcate the fields they need. Help Text Enter the help text t be shwn when the user clicks n the Help icn in the grid panel header. Tip: If the Label Text and Help Text fields are bth blank, the grid panel header will be hidden. This can be used t arrange panels s that they appear t be a single panel, while each panel maintains distinct display and verride rules. Hiding the header remves the cntrl t cllapse r expand the grid panel. Fr this reasn, any settings r verrides t cllapse the panel will nt be applied if the header is hidden. Once the grid panel has been saved, the Label Text and Help Text becme available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. Cntrl Type Select the frmat f the grid panel. Fr View Grids, the cntrl type is inherited frm the master grid and cannt be changed. Grid The fields are aligned in a standard grid, with all cmmn grid functins. An Add buttn pens either a detail windw r a tab wrkflw. The user can add multiple entries, while clicking an entry in the grid pens the details page r tab wrkflw fr that entry.

74 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 68 Premium Grid Like a standard grid, the user can add rws f data. Hwever, tw extra clumns are added t calculate the Transactin Premium and Term Premium fr each rw. If a premium grid has anther premium grid as a child (see belw), anther tw clumns are added fr the Transactin Premium Rllup and Term Premium Rllup, summing the calculated value fr each rw and all child values (thrugh multiple layers f child grids) assciated with that rw. Nte: A nrmal user can add entries t a Premium Grid, but nly users with the ability t delete premium values can delete an entry. This restrictin des nt apply t the nrmal grid. Layut This field is available when Windw is selected as the Management Style. Select hw the labels and fields will be psitined in the detail windw. Hrizntal The labels will appear t the left f the field. This is the mst cmmn setting fr fields with shrt labels. Vertical The labels will appear abve the fields. This is useful fr fields with very lng labels, such as a detailed questin. Clumn Layut This field is available when Windw is selected as the Management Style. Select hw the

75 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 69 fields will be arranged in the detail windw. Single The panel will have a single clumn f fields. This prvides the greatest amunt f space fr wide fields and specific field cntrl types. Duble The panel will have tw clumns f fields. This is useful fr panels with many shrt fields. Nte: There are sme field restrictins when using Duble clumns. Fr Cmb Bx, Textbx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx ( ), and Textbx (Integer) fields, if the Size is set t anything greater than Small, the field will be resized t fit the clumn. Fr Drp Dwn fields, if the Size is set t anything greater than Small, the field will be changed t Small when publishing the wrkflw. File Uplad, Include Exclude List, and Rich Text field types are t large and cannt be resized, s they cannt be included in a duble-clumn layut. Text Area fields can be included, but nly if Vertical is selected as the Layut Type. The Hrizntal layut is t wide.

76 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 70 The Grid Settings panel becmes available nce the current grid panel cnfiguratin has been saved. Management Style Select hw data will be entered in the grid. Windw Opens a windw within the page, cntaining the fields selected fr the grid. Tabs Opens a set f tabbed screens in the center area f the page. The tab structure is created as a special type f wrkflw. Tab Wrkflw This ptin is available when the Tabs ptin is selected fr the Management Style. Select the tabbed wrkflw fr this grid.

77 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 71 Parent Grid This ptin is nt available fr View Grids r grids that have assciated View Grids. Select a parent grid, if applicable. In the wrkflw, ne instance f the child grid is created fr each rw in the parent grid, ready t receive data directly related t that rw. When a rw is selected in the parent grid, any child grids will appear directly belw the parent. The child grids display the data assciated t the selected rw in the parent, and will refresh as different rws are selected in the parent. The parent grid can have multiple child grids, all f which will appear belw the parent, but a child grid can nly have ne parent. Hwever, a child grid can have its wn child grids, cascading dwn thrugh the wrkflw screen. Fr grids using the Windw ptin fr Management Style, all child grids must be included in the same screen cnfiguratin as their parent. The child always appears belw the parent, but the sequence will cntrl the rder when multiple children f the same parent are displayed. Fr grids using the Tabs ptin fr Management Style, all grids within the selected Tab Wrkflw must be defined as children f the parent grid. Child grids frm the Tab Wrkflw can als be included in the cre wrkflw in a cascading structure, but are nt required. Tip: When entering labels fr child grids, it is recmmended t chse labels that clearly define the relatin t ther grids within the hierarchy. There are different methds t achieve this: Adding the parent name first, such as "Parent - Child". Creating a numbered hierarchy, such as "Table 1.1", "Table 1.2", "Table 2.1", etc. Add leading characters t "indent" the label, such as "...Child". Nte that leading

78 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 72 spaces will be remved. Nte: Tab wrkflws cannt cntain cascading child grids themselves, but tab grids in the cre wrkflw can be arranged in a cascading structure. Master Grid Cde Evaluate Calculated Fields Fr New Rws This field prvides a link t the master grid. This field is nly visible fr View Grids, which display a subset f the fields frm the master grid. See the Managing View Grids sectin. This ptin is nt available fr View Grids. When checked, each time a new rw is added t the grid, all calculated fields in the wrkflw are evaluated n pening the detail windw, and again n saving the new rw. When unchecked, calculated fields are nly evaluated n saving the new rw. Enable Data Imprt Grid Height With this ptin checked, users with the necessary right can imprt a spreadsheet t quickly ppulate the grid with a significant amunt f data, r update existing data. As rws are added t a grid, it expands and takes up mre space n the screen. When it reaches the maximum height, it adds pages which can be navigated using the page cntrls in the bttm-right f the grid. The ptins are Small (10 rws), Medium (25 rws), and Large (50 rws). Enable Filtering Enable Editing in Grid This ptin enables the filter rw in the grid, giving users greater cntrl in finding and rganizing data. Certain field types can be edited directly within the grid withut having t pen the detail windw. Click a cell fr an editable clumn t make changes. Multiple cells can be edited, but changes will nly be saved nce the screen is saved.

79 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 73 Checking this bx enables the feature fr the current grid, and makes the Editable in Grid checkbx available fr individual fields shwn in the grid. Hide Add / New Rw Buttns This ptin cntrls whether the user can add new rws t the grid. This applies t the UI, and des nt affect calculated fields, integratins, and imprts. If unchecked, the Add buttn will be available when viewing the grid, and the Save & New buttn will be available when viewing the detail windw r tab wrkflw. If checked, the Add buttn will nt be available when viewing the grid, and the Save & New buttn will nt be available when viewing the detail windw r tab wrkflw. The grid can still be ppulated by ther means, such as calculated fields, integratins, and imprts. Hide Delete Buttn This ptin cntrls whether the user can delete rws frm the grid. If unchecked, the Delete buttn will be available when viewing the detail windw r tab wrkflw. If checked, the Delete buttn will nt be available when viewing the detail windw r tab wrkflw. In additin, the Enable Batch Delete ptin fr the grid will be disabled. Data can still be deleted by ther means, such as calculated fields. Enable Batch Delete This ptin is nt available when Hide Delete Buttn is checked. Enables the grid feature that allws multiple rws t be deleted simultaneusly directly frm the page cntaining the grid. When checked, a clumn f checkbxes is displayed as the first clumn f the grid, allwing the user t select multiple rws t be deleted. A Delete buttn perfrms the deletin. Nte: The system deletes all child rws belnging t the deleted rws.

80 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 74 After the deletin, the system perfrms a calculatin pass, evaluating calculated fields accrding t their settings. Any Field Evaluatin Rules set t the Delete Grid Rw event will als be evaluated. Deleting a rw frm a Master Grid remves it frm any assciated View Grids. Deleting a rw frm a View Grid remves it frm the Master Grid. Shw Cpy Buttn Enables the Cpy buttn when viewing a rw in the current grid, making it easier t enter multiple rws with similar infrmatin. Cpying prduces a new rw where each field in the grid is duplicated, reset t default, r changed t match a surce field, accrding t the Field Mapping Rules setting fr each field. Cpying may als include assciated rws frm child grids, accrding t the Cpy With Parent settings fr the child grids. Cpy With Parent This ptin is applied if a parent grid has been selected. If n parent grid is selected, this ptin has n effect. If checked, cpying a rw in the parent grid will als cpy all rws frm the current grid that are assciated t the parent rw. Each field in the grid is duplicated, reset t default, r changed t match a surce field, accrding t the Field Mapping Rules setting fr each field. If unchecked, rws frm the current grid will nt be cpied when the parent rws are cpied. The cpy cascades thrugh multiple child grids that have this ptin enabled, even if the Shw Cpy Buttn ptin is nt checked. Managing Fields in the Grid

81 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 75 The Fields panel becmes available nce the current grid cnfiguratin has been saved. This panel lists all fields included in the current grid, and is used t manage the field cnfiguratins. Nte: When cnfiguring a panel as a tabbed grid, all fields included in Frm panels within the assciated Tab Wrkflw shuld be added t the current panel. Any fields included in Frm panels within the assciated Tab Wrkflw that are nt included in the current panel will be displayed in the wrkflw, but will nt be saved. Fields that are nt included in the assciated Tab Wrkflw can be added t the current panel, but will nt be displayed in the wrkflw. This des nt apply t fields included in Grid r Premium Grid panels within the assciated Tab Wrkflw, including child tab grids. Thse fields are entirely cnfigured within their respective panels. a. Select an actin.

82 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 76 Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing field cnfiguratin. Click Add Fields t add a new field cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre field cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected fields frm the grid. b. If adding a field, the Add Fields windw pens, prceed t the next step. If viewing an existing field, the Edit Field windw pens, prceed t step f belw. c. In the Add Fields windw, the Available Fields panel lists all fields that are available fr use in the grid. The clumns can be srted and filtered t lcate the necessary fields, then click Add fr each ne in the rder they shuld appear in the grid. Each field is grayed ut as it is selected. d. Click Bulk Add t add all selected fields t the Included Fields list.

83 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 77 As each field is added, default sequence numbers are assigned in increments f ten and the cnfiguratin is saved. The sequence numbers can be manually changed later in the prcess. e. When all fields have been added, click Clse t clse the windw. f. The Fields panel lists all fields currently included in the panel. T update the settings fr a field, click a link in the Name clumn. The Edit Field windw pens. Name Sequence Displays the name f the selected field. The assigned sequence number can be changed. Tip: It is advisable t leave gaps between the sequence numbers, such as 5, 10, 15. This allws new fields t be added t the list at a later date, inserted between existing fields. Otherwise, the sequence numbers f existing fields must be changed t allw fr the new additin. Display in Grid When unchecked, the field will nly be shwn in the detail windw r tab wrkflw when adding recrds. When checked, this field will be included in the grid, as well as the detail windw r tab wrkflw. The first clumn displayed in the grid will cntain links t pen the detail windw r tab

84 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 78 wrkflw. Fr recrds that are missing a value in that first clumn, a View link will be displayed. Editable in Grid This ptin is available when Enable Editing in Grid is checked fr the grid, Display in Grid is checked fr the current field, and the current field type is supprted fr this feature. Certain field types can be edited directly within the grid withut having t pen the detail windw. Click inside a cell fr an editable clumn t make changes. Multiple cells can be edited, but changes will nly be saved nce the screen is saved. The fllwing field types are supprted: Textbx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx (Integer), Checkbx, and Drp Dwn. Hwever, if the field cnfiguratin is set t Read-Only, this checkbx will nt be available. Nte that any field r panel verride cnditins will nt be applied, but the Required setting in the field cnfiguratin will be enfrced if it is enabled. In additin, data validatins set fr the grid will nt be triggered, s any such validatins shuld als be set fr the parent page. Readnly Override This ptin is available when Enable Editing in Grid is checked and the current field is a Checkbx, Drp Dwn, Textbx, Textbx (Decimal) r Textbx (Integer). Anther Checkbx field in the panel can be chsen t make the current field read-nly when the ther field evaluates t True. A Checkbx will evaluate t True when it is checked, and False when it is unchecked. This is useful when a Checkbx shuld be editable directly in the grid but read-nly under certain cnditins. g. Select an actin.

85 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 79 Click Save t save the field and keep the windw pen. Click Save & Clse t save the field and clse the windw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the field. Managing Panel Behavir Overrides The Panel Behavir Override panel becmes available nce the current grid cnfiguratin has been saved. By default, each panel is pen, visible, and editable at all stages and statuses f the transactin r claim. The Panel Behavir Override panel is used t manage rules that change the behavir based n a variety f ptins. The table lists all defined rules fr the current panel. Tip: Overrides take effect when the page refreshes. Respnsive Display f Panels, detailed in the Managing Screens sectin, causes panels t hide r appear immediately, and may be a useful alternative t verrides.

86 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 80 a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Transactin Type Is clumn t view an existing verride rule. Click Add Panel Behavir t add a new verride rule. Check the bxes fr ne r mre verride rules and click Delete t remve the selected verrides frm the panel. b. On viewing r creating an verride rule, the Panel Behavir Override page pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Select hw the panel shuld behave under the defined circumstances. Cllapsed Hidden Read-Only The panel starts ut cllapsed when the frm is displayed. The user can still expand the panel t display the fields. The panel is nt shwn in the frm, althugh it is still present fr use in triggers, calculated fields, and generating dcuments. The panel can be viewed, but cannt be edited. The Trigger field is used t assign a trigger t the rule. The rule is nly applied if the trigger evaluates as true.

87 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 81 Nte: Use cautin when creating verride rules fr panels that cntain fields used in triggers. It can create circumstances where users activate changes in a frm and are unable t und the changes. When a user makes changes in a screen that activates an verride rule, it des nt ccur immediately. The rule is applied when any actin is taken that saves and refreshes the screen. If a panel is changed t hidden by an verride rule, all fields in that panel retain their current value. Select the types f transactin where the rule applies. New Business Endrsement Adjustment Declaratin Renewal Cancellatin Reinstatement The riginal versin f a transactin r plicy. A mdificatin t a bund plicy. An adjustment t a bund plicy. A peridical mdificatin t a bund plicy. A renewal fr an expired plicy. A cancelled plicy. A plicy that was reinstated after being cancelled.

88 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 82 Select the transactin r plicy statuses where the rule applies. Incmplete Quted Referred Bund Declined Indicatin Prvided Underwriting Required Payment Pending Lst Rescinded A transactin that has nt yet had a qute calculated. A transactin that has been quted and is ready t be bund. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and has been submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A plicy that has been bund. A transactin that went int qute request r referral, but has been declined. A preliminary qute has been issued, which cannt be bund. A full qute must still be requested, pssibly requiring additinal infrmatin. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and must either be crrected r submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A transactin that is awaiting payment befre being bund. A quted transactin that has been marked as lst business. A cancellatin transactin that has been rescinded.

89 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 83 Select the types f user where the rule applies. The user viewing the screen must have ne r mre f the selected security rles in rder fr the rule t be applied. Nte: At least ne ptin must be selected in each categry. Fr a rule t apply t all ptins in a categry, all ptins must be selected. d. Select an actin. When creating a new rule, click Add & New t save the rule and clear the frm t add additinal rules. When viewing an existing rule, click Save t save the rule and remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the rule and return t the panel details. Click Clse t return t the panel details withut saving the rule. Managing Field Behavir Overrides

90 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 84 The Field Behavir Override panel becmes available nce the current grid cnfiguratin has been saved. When each field was created, default behavir was defined. The Field Behavir Override panel is used t manage rules that change the behavir based n a variety f ptins. The table lists all currently defined rules fr the current panel. Tip: Overrides take effect when the page refreshes. Respnsive Display f Fields, detailed in the Managing Respnsive Display f Fields sectin, causes fields t hide r appear immediately, and may be a useful alternative t verrides. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing verride rule. Click Add Field Behavir t add a new verride rule. Check the bxes fr ne r mre verride rules and click Delete t remve the selected verrides frm the panel. b. On viewing r creating an verride rule, the Field Behavir Override page pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

91 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 85 Panel/Grid Displays the Name f the currently selected panel. Select the fields where the rule applies. All required fields shuld be added t the panel befre defining the rules. If any fields are added t the panel that shuld be included in an existing rule, the rule must be edited t select the new fields. Select hw the field shuld behave under the defined circumstances. Fr each ptin select Yes t apply the behavir r N t nt apply it. Required Hidden Read-Only The field must be cmpleted befre the user can save the screen. The field is nt shwn in the frm. The field can be viewed, but cannt be edited. The Trigger field is used t assign a trigger t the rule. The rule is nly applied if the trigger evaluates as true.

92 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 86 Nte: Use cautin when creating verride rules fr fields that are used in triggers. It can create circumstances where users activate changes in a frm and are unable t und the changes. When a user makes changes in a screen that activates an verride rule, it des nt ccur immediately. The rule is applied when any actin is taken that saves and refreshes the screen. If a field is changed t hidden by an verride rule, it retains its current value. Select the types f transactin where the rule applies. New Business Endrsement Adjustment Declaratin Renewal Cancellatin Reinstatement The riginal versin f a transactin r plicy. A mdificatin t a bund plicy. An adjustment t a bund plicy. A peridical mdificatin t a bund plicy. A renewal fr an expired plicy. A cancelled plicy. A plicy that was reinstated after being cancelled.

93 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 87 Select the transactin r plicy statuses where the rule applies. Incmplete Underwriting Required Quted Referred Bund Rescinded Declined Lst A transactin that has nt yet had a qute calculated. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and must either be crrected r submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A transactin that has been quted and is ready t be bund. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and has been submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A plicy that has been bund. A cancellatin transactin that has been rescinded. A transactin that went int qute request r referral, but has been declined. A quted transactin that has been marked as lst business.

94 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 88 Select the types f user where the rule applies. The user viewing the screen must have ne r mre f the selected security rles in rder fr the rule t be applied. Nte: At least ne ptin must be selected in each categry. Fr a rule t apply t all ptins in a categry, all ptins must be selected. d. Select an actin. When creating a new rule, click Save & New t save the rule and clear the frm t add additinal rules. When viewing an existing rule, click Save t save the rule and remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the rule and return t the panel details. Click Clse t return t the panel details withut saving the rule. Managing Respnsive Display f Fields

95 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 89 The Respnsive Display f Fields panel becmes available nce the current grid cnfiguratin has been saved, and Windw is selected as the Management Style. In sme cases, certain infrmatin will nly be necessary under certain cnditins. Respnsive Display f Fields cnfiguratins allw fields t be hidden r displayed immediately when the user selects specific ptins in the panel. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Cntrl Field clumn t view an existing display cnfiguratin. Click Add t add a new display cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre display cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected cnfiguratins frm the panel. Individual cnfiguratins can als be deleted frm the Respnsive Display f Fields windw. b. On viewing r creating a display cnfiguratin, the Respnsive Display f Fields windw pens.

96 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 90 c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Cntrl Field Cntrl Field Optins Select the field frm the current panel that will cntrl the display f the fields. Fields f type Checkbx, Radi Buttns, and Cmb Bx are available. This field is available when a Radi Buttns r Cmb Bx type field is selected as the Cntrl Field. Fr a Radi Buttns cntrl field, this will be an include/exclude field. Select which ptins will display the selected fields. A selected ptin cannt be used in mre than ne cnfiguratin. Fr a Cmb Bx cntrl field, this will be a text field. Enter all values that will display the selected fields, separated by semi-clns. These shuld be the key values defined in the Data Surce fr the cmb bx. Spaces are permitted, but any spaces at the beginning r end f individual values will be ignred. A value cannt be used in

97 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 91 mre than ne cnfiguratin. Fields t Display Select the fields frm the current panel that will be affected by this cnfiguratin. When the checkbx is checked r ne f the Cntrl Field Optins are selected, the fields will be displayed. Nte that File Uplad and Rich Text cntrl types are unavailable fr this feature. Nte: If data exists in a field, either a default value r entered by the user, it will be maintained whether the field is displayed r hidden. Rich Text fields can be respnsively disclsed, but nt when they are Read Only. If a rich text field is set t read-nly, either as a default setting r as an verride, it will be visible regardless f the respnsive display cnfiguratin. Use cautin when creating tw r mre respnsive display cnfiguratins that use different cntrl fields t display the same field. If any f the cntrl fields are changed t meet the cnditins, the field will be displayed, regardless f the ther cntrl fields. If any f the cntrl fields are changed t n lnger meet the cnditins, the field will be hidden, regardless f the ther cntrl fields. d. Select an actin. When viewing existing cnfiguratins, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the cnfiguratins. Click Save & New t save the cnfiguratin and clear the frm t add additinal cnfiguratins. Click Save & Clse t save the cnfiguratin and clse the windw. When viewing existing cnfiguratins, click Delete t remve the cnfiguratin frm the panel. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the cnfiguratin.

98 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 92 Managing View Grids A standard grid is a stand-alne entity with unique fields, and can nly be used nce in any wrkflw. View Grids can be defined t share the data stred in the master grid. Each View Grid can cntain all fields frm the master grid, r a subset f thse fields. All rules fr displaying fields and data, including verrides, are inherited frm the master. Any changes t data within a View Grid will update the master grid. Nte: Grids cnfigured as parent r child cannt be used as a master r view grid. The View Grids panel will nt be shwn. Only ne grid frm a single master/view cnfiguratin can be used n any ne screen. Grids frm separate cnfiguratins can be used n the same screen. View Grids can be used in a wrkflw even if the master grid is nt included.

99 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 93 a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t save the current grid and view an existing view grid. Click Create t save the current grid and add a new view grid. Nte that the grid is created and saved immediately. Check the bxes fr ne r mre view grids and click Deactivate t deactivate the selected grids. Individual view grids can als be deactivated frm the Panel Management page. T view deactivated grids, clear the filter frm the Status clumn. b. On viewing r creating a view grid, the Panel Management page pens. c. The panels and fields are similar t a standard grid, althugh with sme reduced ptins. Sme settings will already exist, inherited frm the master grid. Any fields and verrides that shuld nt apply t this view can be deleted by checking the bxes and clicking the Delete buttn. Any deleted fields can be added again, but nly fields included in the master grid will be available. d. Select an actin. T navigate back t the master grid withut returning t the grid list, click the link in the Master Grid Cde field f the Grid Settings panel. Click Save t save the grid and remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the grid and return t the grid list. Nte that view grids are nt shwn in the grid list, s the master grid must be repened t access the view grids. Click Clse t return t the grid list withut saving the grid.

100 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 94 Transactin Types The fields fr the transactin types define hw grid data is handled when creating a new transactin thrugh an Endrsement, Adjustment, Declaratin, Renewal, Cancellatin, r Reinstatement. Yes Select Yes t always cpy. N Select N t never cpy. Cnditinally Select Cnditinally t display a drp-dwn field frm which a trigger can be selected. The trigger is evaluated fr each rw in the grid. If the trigger evaluates as true, the rw is cpied int the new transactin, if false, the rw is nt cpied. If n trigger is defined, all rws are cpied fr that transactin type. Cpy Plicy Data The Cpy Plicy Data field defines hw grid data is handled when cpying data int the current transactin frm anther transactin under the same prduct. Yes Select Yes t always cpy. N Select N t never cpy.

101 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 95 Cnditinally This ptin is nt available fr the Cpy Plicy Data field. The Field Assignments panel is used t assign certain fields t special functinality within the grid. Business Key Optinally select the grid clumn used t identify the Business Key fr each grid rw. Fields f type Textbx, Textbx Decimal, Textbx Integer, Textbx , Label, Drp-Dwn, and Cmb Bx are supprted. Nte: It is advised t select a grid clumn that cntains a unique value fr each grid rw. This value shuld nt be subject t change. When using a parent / child cnfiguratin, the value f the parent rw Business Key must be unique, hwever the child grid rws may cntain duplicate values. Duplicate values in the child grid must be generated thrugh different parent grids. Tip: T guarantee unique values, it is pssible t cmbine data frm multiple fields. This can be achieved thrugh cncatenatin. Fr additinal infrmatin, see the Cncatenatin sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. Representative Field In sme cases, the system will need t display an identifier fr a single recrd ut f the cntext f the grid itself. This identifier may be displayed as static text, r a link t the recrd.

102 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 96 Select the field t be used fr the identifier text. Enter three r mre characters t lcate the apprpriate field. Fr best results, the selected field shuld cntain data that clearly identifies the recrd. In instances where the selected field is blank and a link must be available, a View link will be displayed instead. Fields f type Label, Textbx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx ( ), and Textbx (Integer) are available. Hyperlink Field A field in the grid can be selected t supply the links t specific pages within the wrkflw. Fields f type Label and Textbx are available. When a user clicks n a grid rw s hyperlink, the user will be navigated t the page specified in the rw s Hyperlink Field. Nte that using this feature disables the Add and Exprt / Imprt features, as well as the ability t pen a detail windw by clicking a link in the first clumn. The grid can nly be ppulated by an integratin cnfiguratin. Once ppulated, certain fields can be edited directly in the grid if cnfigured with the Editable in Grid setting. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the grid as active and available fr use. Inactive grids will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the grid was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the grid was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin.

103 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 97 Click Add r Save t save the grid but remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the grid and return t the panels list. Click Clse t return t the panels list withut saving the grid.

104 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 98 Managing Screens Screens are used t grup panels tgether. Each screen is ne page in the final wrkflw, with navigatin tls t mve between screens. Nte: These instructins are fr the Screens management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Screens. The Screens page pens with a list f all available screens within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active screens are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all screens. If there are a large number f available screens, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate screens. 3. Select an actin.

105 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 99 Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing screen. Click Create t add a new screen. Check the bxes fr ne r mre screens and click Deactivate t disable the selected screens. A screen can als be deactivated frm the Screen Management page. Inactive screens will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r creating a screen, the Screen Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Enter the name f the screen. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this screen when cnnecting it t ther elements f the wrkflw. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself.

106 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 100 Cde Descriptin Label This is an internal reference name which is generated by the system when the screen is saved. A descriptin can be prvided fr the screen. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Screens list. Enter the label t be shwn at the tp f the screen. Tip: Once the screen has been saved, the Label Text becmes available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. Emphasize Actins As the user navigates thrugh the wrkflw, there may be screens where certain actins are cmmn and expected, such as binding the submissin n the last page, requesting a special qute n a summary page, r printing a specific dcument related t the cntent f the screen. This ptin allws specific buttns t be displayed at the bttm f the screen alng with the navigatin buttns. Each buttn matches an ptin in the Actins widget, perfrms exactly the same functin, and fllws the same rules fr availability based n the transactin type, status, and the rights f the user. Even when activated fr a particular screen, the buttn nly appears if the matching ptin is available in the Actins widget. Check the bx fr each buttn t be enabled fr the current screen. Depending n system settings, any buttns that d nt fit within the available space in the Screen Buttn Bar will either be hidden r will wrap t anther line. Preserve State Upn This ptin is currently inactive.

107 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 101 Mdificatin Open Screen in Mdal Mde This ptin allws a screen t pen as a windw, rather than a step r tab within a wrkflw. Cnfiguratin must be cmpleted by Insurity t enable this feature. Please cntact yur Insurity representative. The Panels list becmes available nce the current screen cnfiguratin has been saved. It lists all panels within the screen. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing panel cnfiguratin. Click Create t add a new panel cnfiguratin. b. On viewing r creating a panel cnfiguratin, the Panel windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

108 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 102 Panel Sequence Select the panel t add t the screen. This field cannt be changed nce the cnfiguratin has been saved. Enter a Sequence number. This determines the rder f the panels, with lwer numbers appearing first. Tip: It is advisable t leave gaps between the sequence numbers, such as 5, 10, 15. This allws new panels t be added t the list at a later date, inserted between existing panels. Otherwise, the sequence numbers f existing panels must be changed t allw fr the new additin. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the cnfiguratins. Click Save t save the cnfiguratin but remain n the current cnfiguratin. Click Save & New t save the cnfiguratin and clear the frm t add additinal cnfiguratins. Click Save & Clse t save the cnfiguratin and clse the windw. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, click Delete t remve the panel cnfiguratin frm the screen. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the cnfiguratin.

109 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 103 The Respnsive Display f Panels list becmes available nce the current screen cnfiguratin has been saved. In sme cases, certain infrmatin will nly be necessary under certain cnditins. Respnsive Display f Panels cnfiguratins allw panels t be hidden r displayed immediately when the user selects specific ptins in anther panel n the screen. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Cntrl Field clumn t view an existing display cnfiguratin. Click Add t add a new display cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre display cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected cnfiguratins frm the screen. Individual cnfiguratins can als be deleted frm the Respnsive Display f Panels windw. b. On viewing r creating a display cnfiguratin, the Respnsive Display f Panels windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

110 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 104 Cntrl Field Cntrl Field Optins Select the field frm the current screen that will cntrl the display f the panels. Fields f type Checkbx, Radi Buttns, and Cmb Bx are available. This field is available when a Radi Buttns r Cmb Bx type field is selected as the Cntrl Field. Fr a Radi Buttns cntrl field, this will be an include/exclude field. Select which ptins will display the selected panels. A selected ptin cannt be used in mre than ne cnfiguratin. Fr a Cmb Bx cntrl field, this will be a text field. Enter all values that will display the selected panels, separated by semi-clns. These shuld be the key values defined in the Data Surce fr the cmb bx. Spaces are permitted, but any spaces at the beginning r end f individual values will be ignred. A value cannt be used in mre than ne cnfiguratin.

111 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 105 Panels t Display Select the panels frm the current screen that will be affected by this cnfiguratin. When the checkbx is checked r ne f the Cntrl Field Optins are selected, the panels will be displayed. Ntes: If data exists in a panel, either a default value r entered by the user, it will be maintained whether the panel is displayed r hidden. Use cautin when creating tw r mre respnsive display cnfiguratins that use different cntrl fields t display the same panel. If any f the cntrl fields are changed t meet the cnditins, the panel will be displayed, regardless f the ther cntrl fields. If any f the cntrl fields are changed t n lnger meet the cnditins, the panel will be hidden, regardless f the ther cntrl fields. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the cnfiguratins. Click Save & New t save the cnfiguratin and clear the frm t add additinal cnfiguratins. Click Save & Clse t save the cnfiguratin and clse the windw. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, click Delete t remve the cnfiguratin frm the panel. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the cnfiguratin.

112 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 106 The Status panel becmes available nce the current screen cnfiguratin has been saved. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the screen as active and available fr use. Inactive screens will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the screen was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the screen was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Add r Save t save the screen but remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the screen and return t the screens list. Click Clse t return t the screens list withut saving the screen.

113 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 107 Managing Wrkflws A wrkflw is a cllectin f fields, panels, and screens that define hw the end users will navigate and enter data fr submissins and claims. This is the final step in the wrkflw design prcess, althugh additinal cnfiguratin is required at the master cver level. See the Managing Master Cvers sectin f the User Guide - Master Cvers dcument fr instructins n attaching and cnfiguring a wrkflw. There are cre wrkflws, used fr submissins and claims, that are divided int Steps. Each step cntains as many screens as necessary. The navigatin ptins within the wrkflw allw the user t navigate thrugh steps and screens. Tabbed wrkflws are cnnected t tab grids within a cre wrkflw. When adding a recrd t a tab grid, the tab wrkflw replaces the cre wrkflw in the center f the page. Each screen is displayed as a tab, and the tabs are used t navigate thrugh the wrkflw. When the user is finished with the tab wrkflw, clsing the recrd returns t the cre wrkflw. Nte: These instructins are fr the Wrkflw management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Wrkflws. The Wrkflws page pens with a list f all available wrkflws within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers.

114 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 108 Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active wrkflws are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all wrkflws. If there are a large number f available wrkflws, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate wrkflws. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing wrkflw. Click Create t add a new wrkflw. Check the bxes fr ne r mre wrkflws and click Deactivate t disable the selected wrkflws. A wrkflw can als be deactivated frm the Wrkflw Management page. Inactive wrkflws will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r creating a wrkflw, the Wrkflw Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

115 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 109 Name Cde Type Enter the name f the wrkflw. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this wrkflw in ther cnfiguratins. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference cde which is generated by the system when the wrkflw is saved. Select the type f wrkflw. This setting cannt be changed nce the wrkflw has been saved. Steps A cre wrkflw, rganized int steps and screens. Tabs A tabbed wrkflw fr use with tab grids. Target System Select where the wrkflw shuld be used. Plicy The wrkflw is meant fr use in the plicy submissin mdule. Claims The wrkflw is meant fr use in the claims mdule. Managing Steps in the Wrkflw

116 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 110 If Steps has been selected as the Type, the Steps panel becmes available nce the current wrkflw has been saved. This panel defines the steps f the wrkflw, and lists all steps currently cnfigured. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Label clumn t view an existing step. Click Create t add a new step. b. On viewing r creating a step, the Steps windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Label Enter the label t be displayed fr the step. This is shwn in the Submissin Screens widget and the prgress bar at the tp f the wrkflw page. Labels shuld be unique within a single wrkflw.

117 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 111 Tip: Once the step has been saved, the Label text becmes available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. Cde Sequence The cde is autmatically generated when the step is saved. Enter a sequence number t determine the step's psitin in the wrkflw. i. T add a screen, click in the field marked Please click here t add new rw. ii. In the Name field, select a screen frm the current cntainer r any shared cntainers. iii. Enter a Sequence number. If n sequence number is prvided, it is cnsidered a zer. iv. Click utside the rw t add the screen t the list. The rw is marked with an added icn. v. Repeat these steps t add additinal screens.

118 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 112 T edit a screen, duble-click in any field within the grid. On clicking utside f the rw, the rw is marked with a mdified icn. T delete a screen frm the list, right-click n the screen and select Delete. The rw is marked with deleted icn. Until the page is saved, all additins, edits, and deletins are temprary. T accept the marked changes, right-click in the grid and select Accept All Changes. T und the marked changes, right-click in the grid and select Und All Changes. Nte that these ptins d nt save the page. When the page is saved, all marked changes are autmatically accepted and saved. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing step, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t navigate thrugh the steps. Click Save t save the step and remain n the page. Click Save & New t save the step and clear the frm t add additinal steps. Click Save & Clse t save the step and clse the windw. When viewing an existing step, click Delete t remve the step frm the wrkflw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the step. Nte: Screens can nly be used nce in a single wrkflw. Managing Screens in the Wrkflw

119 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 113 If Tabs has been selected as the Type, the Screens panel becmes available nce the current wrkflw has been saved. Each screen serves as ne tab in the wrkflw. This grid lists all screens currently cnfigured fr the wrkflw. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing screen. Click Create t add a new screen. b. On viewing r creating a screen, the Screen windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Screen Sequence Select the screen t be added. Enter a Sequence number. This determines the rder f the tabs, with lwer numbers appearing first.

120 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 114 Tip: It is advisable t leave gaps between the sequence numbers, such as 5, 10, 15. This allws new screens t be added t the wrkflw at a later date, inserted between existing screens. Otherwise, the sequence numbers f existing screens must be changed t allw fr the new additin. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing screen, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the screens. Click Save t save the screen and remain n the page. Click Save & New t save the screen and clear the frm t add additinal screens. Click Save & Clse t save the screen and clse the windw. When viewing an existing screen, click Delete t remve the screen frm the wrkflw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the screen. Managing Screen Behavir Overrides The Screen Behavir Override panel becmes available nce the current wrkflw cnfiguratin has been saved.

121 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 115 By default, each screen is visible at all stages and statuses f the transactin r claim. The Screen Behavir Override panel is used t create rules that change the behavir based n a variety f ptins. The table lists all defined rules fr the current wrkflw. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Screen clumn t view an existing verride rule. Click Add Screen Behavir t add a new verride rule. b. On viewing r creating an verride rule, the Screen Behavir Override page pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Hidden Screen Trigger Sets the screen t be hidden when the cnditins are met. This ptin is checked by default and cannt be mdified. Select the screens t be affected by this rule. This ptin is used t assign a trigger t the rule. The rule is nly applied if the trigger evaluates as true.

122 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 116 Nte: Use cautin when creating verride rules fr screens that cntain fields used in triggers. It can create circumstances where users activate changes in a frm and are unable t und the changes. When a user makes changes in a frm that trigger an verride rule, it des nt ccur immediately. The rule is applied when any actin is taken that saves the frm. If a screen is changed t hidden by an verride rule, all fields in that screen retain their current value. The first screen in the wrkflw cannt be hidden. Select the types f transactin where the rule applies. New Business Endrsement Adjustment Declaratin Renewal Cancellatin Reinstatement The riginal versin f a transactin r plicy. A mdificatin t a bund plicy. An adjustment t a bund plicy. A peridical mdificatin t a bund plicy. A renewal fr an expired plicy. A cancelled plicy. A plicy that was reinstated after being cancelled.

123 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 117 Select the transactin r plicy statuses where the rule applies. Incmplete Underwriting Required Quted Referred Bund Rescinded Declined Lst A transactin that has nt yet had a qute calculated. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and must either be crrected r submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A transactin that has been quted and is ready t be bund. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and has been submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A plicy that has been bund. A cancellatin transactin that has been rescinded. A transactin that went int qute request r referral, but has been declined. A quted transactin that has been marked as lst business.

124 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 118 Select the types f user where the rule applies. The user viewing the screen must have ne r mre f the selected security rles in rder fr the rule t be applied. Nte: At least ne ptin must be selected in each categry. Fr a rule t apply t all ptins in a categry, all ptins must be selected. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing rule, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the rules. Click Save & New t save the rule and clear the frm t add additinal rules. Click Save & Clse t save the rule and clse the windw. When viewing an existing rule, click Delete t remve the rule frm the wrkflw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the rule. Managing Integratin Cnfiguratins in the Wrkflw

125 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 119 If Steps has been selected as the Type, the Integratin Cnfiguratins panel becmes available nce the current wrkflw has been saved. This allws integratins with external services r systems t be activated frm within the wrkflw. The exact circumstances under which the integratin activates, r becmes available fr user activatin, are cntrlled by the settings in the integratin cnfiguratin itself. The Integratin Cnfiguratins panel lists all integratins assciated t the current wrkflw. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Integratin Cnfiguratins clumn t view an existing cnfiguratin. Click Create t add a new cnfiguratin. b. On viewing r creating a cnfiguratin, the Integratin Cnfiguratins windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Integratin Cn- Select the integratin cnfiguratin t be included in the wrkflw.

126 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 120 figuratin Sequence Enter a sequence number fr the integratin. If multiple integratin cnfiguratins are set t activate n the same Event with the same Perfrm setting, the sequence number will define what rder they activate. Sequence is rdered frm lwest value t highest, with blank sequence numbers ging first. This allws later integratins t depend n the results f earlier integratins, including evaluating the trigger t determine if the integratin activates at all. Tip: It is advisable t leave gaps between the sequence numbers, such as 5, 10, 15. This allws new cnfiguratins t be added t the wrkflw at a later date, inserted between existing cnfiguratins. Otherwise, the sequence numbers f existing cnfiguratins must be changed t allw fr the new additin. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the cnfiguratins. Click Save t save the cnfiguratin and remain n the page. Click Save & New t save the cnfiguratin and clear the frm t add additinal cnfiguratins. Click Save & Clse t save the cnfiguratin and clse the windw. When viewing an existing cnfiguratin, click Delete t remve the cnfiguratin frm the wrkflw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the cnfiguratin.

127 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 121 Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the wrkflw as active and available fr use. If unchecked, the wrkflw remains linked t any existing resurces, but cannt be used fr new resurces. Identifies the date and time the wrkflw was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the wrkflw was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Add r Save t save the wrkflw and remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the wrkflw and return t the wrkflws list. Click Publish t prepare the wrkflw and all cmpnents fr use in creating transactins. See Publishing a Wrkflw fr mre infrmatin. Click Wrkflw Reprt t generate a list f all fields, panels, and screens used in the current wrkflw. See Wrkflw Reprt fr mre infrmatin. Click Clse t return t the wrkflws list withut saving the panel. Publishing a Wrkflw

128 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 122 While a wrkflw is being created r edited, changes are nt available t users immediately. T ensure that changes are implemented all at nce, the wrkflw must be published. This replaces the existing wrkflw with the updated ne. Tab wrkflws d nt need t be published. When the cre wrkflw is published, all assciated tab wrkflws will be included. The standard wrkflw cntainers cannt be published. The cntent frm standard cntainers will be included in the apprpriate custm wrkflws when they are published. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Wrkflws. The Wrkflws page pens with a list f all available wrkflws within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active wrkflws are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all wrkflws. 3. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the wrkflw details. If there are a large number f available wrkflws, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate wrkflw. 4. Click the Publish buttn. The Select Shared Wrkflw Cntainers fr Publishing windw pens.

129 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 123 Shared Cntainers Select the Shared Cntainers t be published frm the Include/Exclude List. Nte: All Shared Cntainers are included fr publishing by default. Use the Include/Exclude cntrls t remve ne r mre Shared Cntainers frm the publishing prcess. Cmpnents f a Shared Cntainer that has been excluded frm the publishing prcess will maintain cnfiguratin settings applied at the time f its last publish. As Standard Cntainers can nt be published, they will nt appear in the Include/Exclude List. Fr infrmatin n Standard Cntainers, see the Standard Cntainers sectin in the User Guide - Prduct Design dcument. If there are n cntainers shared t the current wrkflw, the Include/Exclude List will be empty. Prceed t step 5 belw. Warning: There may be times when a required wrkflw cmpnent is mitted frm the publish when using this feature. If cnfiguratin errrs ccur fllwing a partial publicatin, it is recmmended t publish all Shared Cntainers as part f the trubleshting prcess. 5. Click the Publish buttn. The wrkflw is saved and published, and a cnfirmatin message is shwn.

130 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 124 Nte: Even when the wrkflw is successfully published, a warning appears abut injected fields frm shared r standard cntainers. This warning message cnfirms that fields belnging t shared r standard cntainers have been included in the published wrkflw. Wrkflw Reprt Advanced wrkflws can be a cmplex hierarchy f fields, panels, and screens. The Wrkflw Reprt ptin prduces an Excel sheet listing all fields, panels r grids, and screens. Nte: The reprt uses the mst recently published wrkflw details. T include recent changes in the reprt, be sure t publish the wrkflw befre running the reprt. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Wrkflw Management grup and select Wrkflws. The Wrkflws page pens with a list f all available wrkflws within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active wrkflws are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all wrkflws.

131 Wrkflw Cntainers Page Click a link in the Name clumn t view the wrkflw details. If there are a large number f available wrkflws, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate wrkflw. 4. In the Wrkflw Management page, click Wrkflw Reprt. 5. The reprt is prduced in Excel frmat. A standard Save / Open dialgue bx appears. Select if yu want t Open the file, Save the file t yur cmputer, r Cancel the dwnlad. 6. The reprt lists the names and labels f all screens, panels, fields, and ptin lists in the wrkflw. It als prvides sme additinal details such as the panel type, field cntrl type, whether each field is designated as a rate driver r available fr use in triggers, plus the full frmula fr calculated fields.

132 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 126 Managing Triggers Triggers are lgical cnditins that can be set t evaluate system and transactin infrmatin against a set f criteria. Whether a trigger evaluates as true r false can determine if certain ptins are available n the submissin frm, if a calculatin is prcessed a certain way, if specific data is included in an r generated dcument, r a variety f ther ptins. Triggers can be nested tgether, creating detailed lgical structures t suit any need. Nte: These instructins are fr the Triggers management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Rules grup and select Triggers. The Triggers page pens with a list f all available triggers within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active triggers are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all triggers.

133 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 127 If there are a large number f available triggers, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate triggers. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing trigger. Click Create t add a new trigger. Check the bxes fr ne r mre triggers and click Deactivate t disable the selected triggers. A trigger can als be deactivated frm the Trigger Management page. Inactive triggers will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r creating a trigger, the Trigger Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Trigger Name Cde Descriptin Enter the name f the trigger. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this trigger when cnnecting it t ther elements f the wrkflw. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. This is an internal reference name which is generated by the system when the trigger is saved. A descriptin can be prvided fr the trigger. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Triggers list.

134 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 128 Defining Trigger Cnditins Each trigger can have multiple cnditins, where each cnditin cmpares ne field r ne trigger t a set value. Cnjunctins (And/Or) are used t define grups f rules. a. Click in the field marked Please click here t add new rw. b. Select the field, trigger, r ther ptin t be checked fr this cnditin. Fields Prvides a selectin f system fields, plus custm fields included in the current wrkflw r any shared wrkflws. In rder fr a wrkflw field t be available in this list, the field must be set as Available fr Triggers. See the sectin n Managing Fields fr mre infrmatin. Triggers Other Optins Triggers within the same wrkflw cntainer r any shared cntainers can be selected. Since nly ne type f Cnjunctin can be used within a single trigger, having triggers within triggers allws fr detailed and/r lgic structures. These are additinal chices that allw the trigger t check ther infrmatin within the system. Current Screen This ptin btains the Cde f the current screen in the wrkflw. This can be cmpared t knwn screen cdes, identified n the Screen Management page.

135 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 129 Is Out f Sequence This ptin identifies whether the transactin is Out f Sequence (OOS). c. The Functin field is ptinal, and prvides advanced features related t tables, dates, and cmpliance checks. The result f the functin is used t check the cnditin. Min Max Sum All Any Cunt Days Frm Current Mnths Frm Current Years Frm Current Used fr fields within a table, this uses the lwest value in the table. Used fr fields within a table, this uses the highest value in the table. Used fr fields within a table, this adds tgether all instances f the chsen field within a table. Used fr fields within a table, this checks each recrd against the selected criteria. All recrds must evaluate as true fr the cnditin t be true. Used fr fields within a table, this checks each recrd against the selected criteria. If ne r mre recrds evaluate as true, the cnditin is true. This can als be used n a field where multiple ptins can be selected, determining if ne f the selected ptins matches the criteria. Used fr fields within a table, this cunts the number f recrds in the table. The cntents f the recrds have n effect. This functin cmpares the selected date field against the current system date, and returns the number f days difference. This functin cmpares the selected date field against the current system date, and returns the number f mnths difference. This functin cmpares the selected date field against the current system date, and returns the number f years difference.

136 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 130 Scan - [List Name] This ptin checks the selected field fr cmpliance with ne f a series f sanctin r watch lists. This feature prvides a number frm 0 t 100, with 100 meaning an exact match against a restricted persn, place, r cmpany. That resulting number is cmpared t the Value t determine if the cnditin is met. A separate cnditin must be created fr each different list t be scanned. Nte: Only default sanctin lists are available fr scanning thrugh this cnfiguratin. If using a Custm Cmpliance Scan List r the Wrld Cmpliance Sanctins and Enfrcements list, these resurces can be accessed by using a frmula in the Value field. Fr a list f the available default sanctin lists, see the Sanctin and Cmpliance Lists sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. OFAC This ptin checks the selected field fr cmpliance with the internal OFAC sanctin list. This feature prvides a number frm 0 t 100, with 100 meaning an exact match against a restricted persn, place, r cmpany. That resulting number is cmpared t the Value t determine if the cnditin is met. d. The Operatr determines hw the field r functin result is cmpared t the cnditin value. Equals Nt Equals Greater Than Greater Than r Equals The field r functin result must match the cnditin value exactly. The field r functin result must be different frm the cnditin value. Fr numeric r date fields, the field r functin result must be greater than the cnditin value. Fr numeric r date fields, the field r functin result must be greater than r equal t the cnditin value.

137 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 131 Less Than Less Than r Equals Cntains Des Nt Cntain Fr numeric r date fields, the field r functin result must be less than the cnditin value. Fr numeric r date fields, the field r functin result must be less than r equal t the cnditin value. Fr text fields, the full text f the cnditin value must be included anywhere in the field. Fr text fields, the full text f the cnditin value must nt be included anywhere in the field. e. Enter the cnditin Value. The field r functin result is checked against this value accrding t the selected peratr. The type f value t use depends n the type f field being evaluated: Fr text values, the text shuld be entered exactly as it shuld be evaluated. D nt enclse text in qutes r ther markers unless thse markers are t be included in the evaluatin. Fr numerical values, the number shuld be entered withut any cmmas r markups, ther than decimals and minus signs (-) fr negative values. Fr triggers r single checkbxes, the value is true if the trigger evaluates as true r if the checkbx is checked. The value is false if the trigger evaluates as false r the checkbx is unchecked. The values are nt case sensitive. T evaluate any field that uses an ptin list (Radi Buttns, Multi-Selects, Include/Exclude Bxes, etc.) refer t the cdes assigned t each item in the ptin list. Placehlders fr system r wrkflw fields can be used, fllwing the standard frmat f the field Cde enclsed in duble-square brackets [[ ]].

138 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 132 Full frmulas can be prvided, fllwing the standard frmatting rules. This includes placehlders, functins, and cnditinal statements. Tips: Direct evaluatin f date fields is currently nt supprted. T evaluate a date, please use a calculated field t perfrm a date cmparisn that returns a numerical value. The calculated field can then be used in the trigger. One exceptin is the CurrentDate() functin. When this functin is used in the Value field, it will retrieve the current system date and perfrm a direct cmparisn when evaluating the trigger. Nte that triggers using this cnfiguratin can nly be used fr Autmatic Field Evaluatins in the Autmatic Prcessing sectin f the master cver. f. Cnjunctins determine the relatins between cnditins. If nly ne cnditin is defined fr the trigger, a cnjunctin is nt required. If tw r mre cnditins are defined, all but the last cnditin must have a cnjunctin. If all cnditins use the And cnjunctin, then every cnditin must be met fr the trigger t evaluate as true. If all cnditins use the Or cnjunctin, then at least ne cnditin must be met fr the trigger t evaluate as true. When the cnjunctins are mixed, each grup f cnditins jined by And are evaluated first. After each And grup is evaluated t true r false, the Or cnditins are evaluated. If any f the And grups r Or cnditins evaluates t true, the trigger evaluates as true. If all f the And grups and Or cnditins evaluate t false, the trigger evaluates as false. Examples: If the cnditins are C1 And C2 Or C3, the trigger evaluates as true when bth C1 and C2 are true, r when C3 is true. If C1 is true, C2 is false, and C3 is false, then the trigger evaluates t false since bth C1 and C2 must be true fr the trigger t evaluate as true. If the cnditins are C1 And C2 Or C3 And C4, the trigger evaluates as true when bth C1 and C2 are true, r bth C3 and C4 are true.

139 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 133 If C1 is false, C2 is true, C3 is true, and C4 is true, then the trigger evaluates t true since the C3 and C4 grup evaluated t true. If the cnditins are C1 Or C2 And C3 Or C4, the trigger evaluates as true when C1 is true, r bth C2 and C3 are true, r C4 is true. If C1 is false, C2 is true, C3 is false, and C4 is false, the trigger evaluates as false since the individual cnditins C1 and C4 were false, and the C2 and C3 grup evaluated t false since they were nt bth true. g. Click utside the rw t add the cnditin t the list. The rw is marked with an added icn. h. Repeat the previus steps t add additinal cnditins. T edit a cnditin, duble-click in any field within the grid. On clicking utside f the rw, the rw is marked with a mdified icn. T delete a cnditin frm the list, right-click n the cnditin and select Delete. The rw is marked with deleted icn. Until the page is saved, all additins, edits, and deletins are temprary. T accept the marked changes, right-click in the grid and select Accept All Changes. T und the marked changes, right-click in the grid and select Und All Changes. Nte that these ptins d nt save the page. When the page is saved, all marked changes are autmatically accepted and saved. The Dependencies panel becmes available nce the current trigger cnfiguratin has been saved. This panel identifies hw the trigger is linked t ther resurces in the system.

140 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 134 Triggers Used by this Trigger Triggers Using this Trigger Usage in System Active Created By Last Mdified By Lists all triggers used in the cnditins fr this trigger. Clicking a link pens a new tab r new windw with the Trigger Management page fr the selected trigger. Lists all triggers that refer t this trigger in their cnditins. Clicking a link pens a new tab r new windw with the Trigger Management page fr the selected trigger. Identifies where the trigger is used in features such as master cvers and verrides. Fr example, fr master cvers, the name f the master cver is prvided, fllwed by the sectin where the trigger is used. Marks the trigger as active and available fr use. If unchecked, the trigger remains linked t any existing resurces, but cannt be used fr new resurces. Identifies the date and time the trigger was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the trigger was changed, and the user wh made the changes. The Status panel becmes available nce the current trigger cnfiguratin has been saved. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the trigger as active and available fr use. Inactive triggers will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the trigger was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the trigger was changed, and the user wh made the changes.

141 Wrkflw Cntainers Page Select an actin. Click Add r Save t save the trigger but remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the trigger and return t the triggers list. Click Clse t return t the triggers list withut saving the trigger. Nested Trigger Design When cnfiguring triggers, anther trigger can be selected fr the Field. These are referred t as "Nested Triggers". This allws a trigger that was created fr anther purpse t be reused, r may make it easier t build and maintain cmplex trigger structures. Fr example, there are fur checkbxes, valued at 1, 2, 4, and 8. A trigger is needed t determine if the cmbined value f the checked bxes is mre than 10. The lgical frmula appears as fllws: (Bx 8 and (Bx 4 r (Bx 2 and Bx 1))) If these cnditins were placed in a single trigger, the And cnjunctins wuld be evaluated first, and the frmula wuld instead be evaluated as (Bx 8 and Bx 4) r (Bx 2 and Bx 1), which wuld nt prduce the crrect results. Instead, using nested triggers allws the rder f peratins t be cntrlled, as the system digs dwn t the lwest trigger, and then evaluates them as it mves up in the structure. Since each trigger needs t be referenced in the trigger abve it, begin with the third level, represented in Blue abve. This trigger evaluates as true if bth Checkbx 1 and Checkbx 2 are checked.

142 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 136 The secnd level, represented in Green abve, can nw refer t the third-level trigger. This trigger evaluates as true if either Checkbx 4 is checked, r the third-level trigger evaluates as true. The first level, represented in Red abve, can nw be created t cmplete the structure. This trigger evaluates as true if bth Checkbx 8 is checked and the secnd-level trigger evaluates as true. When the first-level trigger is used anywhere in the system, the system evaluates the triggers in sequence until it has a result.

143 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 137 Managing Field Evaluatin Rules While wrking within a transactin, the system regularly evaluates (calculates) calculated fields. It may evaluate all calculated fields r just the nes required fr a specific purpse. It may be necessary t evaluate specific fields at times when they therwise wuld nt be. Field Evaluatin Rules define a set f fields, and the cnditins when they will be evaluated. Nte: These instructins are fr the Field Evaluatin Rules management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Rules grup and select Field Evaluatin Rules. The Field Evaluatin Rules page pens with a list f all available rules within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. If there are a large number f available rules, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate rules. 3. Select an actin.

144 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 138 Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing rule. Click Add t create a new rule. 4. On viewing r creating a rule, the Field Evaluatin Rule Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Descriptin Enter the name f the rule. This is an internal reference cde. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. A descriptin can be prvided fr the rule. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Field Evaluatin Rules list.

145 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 139 The Fields panel becmes available after saving the rule. This panel lists all fields that will be evaluated fr this rule. a. T add fields t the list, click Add. The Available Fields windw pens. The list cntains all available calculated fields frm the current cntainer and any shared cntainers, nt including fields that are already attached t the rule. The clumns can be srted and filtered t lcate the necessary fields. b. Click Add fr each field t be included in the rule. Each field is grayed ut as it is selected. c. Click Bulk Add t clse the windw and add the selected fields t the Fields list, r click Clse t clse the windw withut adding any fields. d. T remve fields frm the list, check the bxes fr all unnecessary fields and click Delete.

146 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 140

147 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 141 The Availability / Triggering Cnditins panel becmes available after saving the rule. This panel includes the cnditins fr when the selected fields will be evaluated. Type Select the type f events where the fields will be evaluated. Plicy Selects events and cnditins assciated t the creatin and management f a transactin. Grid Selects events and cnditins assciated t wrking with grids. Events Select ne r mre events where the fields will be evaluated. Bind Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when a transactin is bund. When creating an ffset transactin, the system autmatically binds the transactin and des nt trigger this event. Create Plicy Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields are evaluated under either f the fllwing cnditins. The creatin f a New Business transactin. The creatin f an Offset transactin f any transactin type. Imprt Plicy Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when a bund transactin is imprted frm an external surce, either thrugh an integratin r thrugh the Imprt feature. Lad Page Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when a screen lads in the wrkflw.

148 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 142 Save The fields will be evaluated when the user clicks Save, whether it is in a wrkflw r a grid (detail windw r tab wrkflw). Save and Refresh Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when the user clicks Save & Refresh in the wrkflw. Next Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when the user click the Next buttn t navigate t the next screen. Delete Grid Rw Available when Grid is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when a rw is deleted frm a grid. Save and Clse Available when Grid is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when the user clicks Save & Clse in a grid detail windw r tab wrkflw. Dcument Generatin Available when Plicy is selected as the Type. The fields will be evaluated when a dcument is generated, either thrugh a manual r autmatic wrkflw event. Plicy Transactin Types Plicy Transactin Statuses Security Rles Selected Grids Screens Select the transactin types where the fields will be evaluated. Select the transactin statuses where the fields will be evaluated. Select the security rles that can activate the field evaluatin. The current user must have at least ne f the selected rles fr the fields t be evaluated. Available when Grid is selected as the Type. A minimum f ne grid must be selected. Select the screens where the fields will be evaluated. The fields will nly be evaluated when the user clicks Save r Next in the wrkflw.

149 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 143 Ntes: When a screen is selected, and all ther triggering cnditins are met, the system will frce the screen t save and will execute the rule even if n changes have been made t the screen data.this behavir is nly supprted when Save is selected as the Event.If n screen is selected the system will execute the rule fllwing each Save r Next event, causing unnecessary calculatins. Use cautin when selecting screens. When Plicy is selected as the Type, nly the selectin f screens cnfigured within a Step wrkflw is supprted. Similarly, when Grid is selected as the Type, nly the selectin f Tabbed screens is supprted. Nte that the system des nt filter the screens that are available fr selectin. If this cnfiguratin causes a rule t be evaluated fr a transactin in Quted r Underwriting Required status, the system will autmatically recalculate the qute. If the Set Transactin Status t Incmplete if Quted Submissin is Mdified checkbx in the Plicy Settings sectin f the Master Cvers menu is checked, the transactin returns t Incmplete status. Fr infrmatin n this setting, see the Plicy Settings sectin in the User Guide - Master Cvers dcument. Trigger A trigger can be selected t cntrl whether the rule will be applied r nt when all ther cnditins are met. The fields will nt be evaluated if the trigger is false. Nte: With the exceptin f Selected Grids, if n ptin is selected fr a categry the Field Evaluatin Rule will apply t all available ptins. This cnfiguratin is nt recmmended as it will result in unnecessary calculatins.

150 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 144 Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the rule was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the rule was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. When viewing an existing rule, click Delete t delete the rule. Click Save t save the rule but remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the rule and return t the rules list. Click Clse t return t the rules list withut saving the rule.

151 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 145 Managing Shared Cntainers Wrkflw cntainers are designed t keep all related cmpnents tgether, and keep them islated frm unrelated cmpnents within ther cntainers. Hwever, this wuld make it necessary t create duplicates f fields, panels, and screens meant t wrk with cmmn infrmatin. Shared cntainers allw ne r mre cntainers t be created with all f the cmmnly used cmpnents, then shared t as many "receiver" cntainers as necessary. The receiver cntainers can use the shared cmpnents, which will appear in grids and selectin fields as if they were part f the receiver cntainer themselves. Ntes: Sharing is ne-way, meaning the receiver cntainer can see cmpnents in the shared cntainer, but the shared cntainer cannt see cmpnents frm the receiver cntainer. Shared cmpnents can be mdified frm the receiver cntainer. Nte that thse changes are applied t the riginal cmpnent and affect thse cmpnents in all assciated receiver cntainers. A receiver cntainer can be shared itself. Hwever, the tp-level cntainer is nt able t see cmpnents frm the bttmlevel cntainer directly. The shared relatinship is nt inherited thrugh the middle-level cntainer. The exceptin t this is when cmpnents frm the bttm-level cntainer are used as part f a cmpnent in the middlelevel cntainer. That cmpnent frm the middle-level cntainer will still include the cmpnent frm the bttm-level cntainer when used in the tp-level cntainer. Example: Wrkflw cntainer WC03 is shared t WC02, and WC02 is shared t WC01.

152 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 146 Cntainer WC03 has field WC03-Field1. Cntainer WC02 has panel WC02-Panel1. This panel includes field WC02-Field1 frm its wn cntainer, and WC03- Field1 frm the shared cntainer. When viewing WC01, the field WC02-Field1 will be available in the fields list, but WC03-Field1 will nt be available. Hwever, when viewing panel WC02-Panel1, the WC03-Field1 field will still be attached and fully functinal. Standard cntainers are autmatically shared t suitable receiver cntainers, and cannt be remved. See the Standard Cntainers sectin fr mre infrmatin. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, select Shared Cntainers. The Shared Cntainers page pens with a list f all wrkflw cntainers that have been shared t the current cntainer. If there are a large number f shared cntainers, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate cntainers. 3. Select an actin.

153 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 147 Click a link in the Name clumn t navigate t that cntainer. Nte that this leaves the current cntainer and pens the selected cntainer. Click Edit t add a shared cntainer. 4. On selecting Edit, the Select Cntainers windw pens. Share Cntainers Select all available cntainers t be shared t the current cntainer. 5. Select an actin. Click Save t save the settings but remain n the page. Remember that this cannt be undne. Click Save & Clse t save the settings and clse the windw. Remember that this cannt be undne. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the settings.

154 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 148 Managing Integratin Cnfiguratins The Bridge Specialty Suite can be integrated with a variety f external systems, transferring data thrugh pre-cnfigured channels. Integratin can be set t ccur autmatically at specific pints in the wrkflw, r can be triggered manually using buttns added t the wrkflw. The Integratins sectin is used t create and maintain these links between systems, but many integratin types require sme backgrund cnfiguratin that must be dne by Insurity. Cntact yur Insurity representative t request that a specific integratin be set up, and receive cnfiguratin details required fr this page. Nte: These instructins are fr the Integratin Cnfiguratins management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, select Integratins. The Integratin Cnfiguratins page pens with a list f all available integratin cnfiguratins within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden.

155 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 149 Tip: By default, nly Active cnfiguratins are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all cnfiguratins. If there are a large number f available cnfiguratins, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate cnfiguratins. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing cnfiguratin. Click Create t add a new cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre cnfiguratins and click Deactivate t disable the selected cnfiguratins. A cnfiguratin can als be deactivated frm the Integratin Cnfiguratin Management page. Inactive cnfiguratins will still be functinal in existing prducts, but cannt be selected fr new prducts. 4. On viewing r creating a cnfiguratin, the Integratin Cnfiguratin Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Enter the name f the cnfiguratin. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this cnfiguratin when cnnecting it t ther elements f the wrkflw. This name des nt appear in the wrkflw itself.

156 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 150 Cde Descriptin This is an internal reference name. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. A descriptin can be prvided fr the cnfiguratin. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Integratin Cnfiguratins list. Integratin Type Select the type f integratin. This is prvided by yur Insurity representative. Cmpliance Scan This integratin type cllects data frm the transactin and submits the data t be cmpared t ne r mre internatinal watch lists f restricted peple and places. If any part f the data matches a restrictin in a list, equaling r exceeding a specified threshld, the integratin returns that the transactin is nt cmpliant. E-Signature This integratin type defines a dcument that will be generated by the system and then submitted t a digital signature service. The user digitally signs the dcument, which is then attached t the transactin. IEV Submits plicy details t the Insurance Enterprise View (IEV) system, and maps the respnse data t a specific field structure in the plicy. Due t the cmplexity f cnfiguring this integratin and the assciated wrkflw, this ptin shuld be handled by yur Insurity representative. Plicy This is the standard integratin fr managing plicy infrmatin. Plicy Decisins Submits plicy details t the Plicy Decisins system, and maps the respnse data t a

157 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 151 specific field structure in the plicy. Due t the cmplexity f cnfiguring this integratin and the assciated wrkflw, this ptin shuld be handled by yur Insurity representative. Endpint Cde Actin Enter the Endpint Cde fr the external system. This is prvided by yur Insurity representative. This field will nt be displayed if it is nt necessary fr the selected integratin type. Select the type f actin t initiate the integratin cnfiguratin. This may be a direct actin by the user, r an indirect actin resulting frm ther activities. The cnfiguratin cnditins are evaluated t determine if the integratin is perfrmed, and hw it will be handled. Bind The cnfiguratin will activate when the user attempts t bind a transactin with the Bind, Cnfirm Cancellatin, r Cnfirm Reinstatement actins. Calculate Qute The cnfiguratin will activate when the system perfrms a qute calculatin. This can be activated by the user, triggered by navigating thrugh a wrkflw, r autmated prcesses such as the ptinal qute calculatin after autmatic renewal. Calculate Refund The cnfiguratin will activate when the system perfrms a refund calculatin. This can be activated by clicking n the Calculate Refund link in the Actins widget, clicking n the Calculate Refund buttn in the Cancel windw, changing the cancellatin date n a Cancellatin Quted transactin, r during an Autmatic Cancellatin Initiatin. Nte: This actin requires Cancellatin t be included in the Plicy Transactin Types field and Incmplete and Quted t be included in the Plicy Transactin Statuses field. Delete The cnfiguratin will activate when the user deletes a transactin by clicking n the Delete link in the Actins widget and then cnfirms the deletin.

158 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 152 Nte that Pst-Actin is nt available fr Delete actins. Mark as Lst The cnfiguratin will activate when a qute is marked as lst, either by manual actin n the part f the user, r the timed expiry f the qute. Reinstate The cnfiguratin will activate when the user creates a reinstatement transactin. Ntes: When Pre-Actin is chsen frm the Perfrm drp-dwn, Reinstatement must be included in the Plicy Transactin Types field and Incmplete must be included in the Plicy Transactin Statuses field. When Pst-Actin is chsen frm the Perfrm drp-dwn, Reinstatement must be included in the Plicy Transactin Types field and Quted must be included in the Plicy Transactin Statuses field. Request Qute The cnfiguratin will activate when the user clicks the Request Qute actin frm a transactin in Underwriting Required status, sending the transactin int Referred status. Nte that sme users, cmmnly underwriters, will bypass Underwriting Required status and g directly t Referred status. This integratin will nt activate in thse circumstances. Save The cnfiguratin will activate with the fllwing save events. Clicking Save & Refresh r Next in the plicy wrkflw, except when the screen is cmplete and n changes have been made within the screen. Activating the Calculate Qute prcess, either manually r autmatically. Clicking Select Qute in the Qute Summary windw fr a multi-qute wrkflw.

159 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 153 Changing the Effective Date r Valid Until date in the Plicy Infrmatin windw, and clicking Save & Clse. Except fr Cancellatin and Reinstatement transactins, where clicking Save & Clse will save the settings even if n changes were made. If any changes are made t the Client, including creating r selecting a client, changing the client, r editing the client infrmatin and saving. Nte that field validatins, such as invalid data r missing required fields, will prevent the save and the integratin. Nte that Pre-Actin integratins fr the Save actin will nt take int accunt any changes t the transactin since the last save. Custm Links the cnfiguratin t a custm item in the Actins widget, cnfigured belw. Nte: An ptinal setting is available t have the system autmatically recalculate the qute n cmpletin f a custm integratin. This will ccur if the current screen is set t Calculate Qute in the Master Cver Validatin & Wrkflw Actins page, and this ptin is enabled in the cre system cnfiguratin. T cnfirm whether r nt this ptin is enabled, please cntact yur Insurity representative. This ptinal setting des nt apply t E-Signature integratin types.

160 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 154 The Integratin Specificatins panel becmes available when an Actin is selected. Perfrm Select hw the integratin shuld be perfrmed in relatin t the selected Actin. Nt available when Custm is selected as the Actin. Pre-Actin The integratin will be perfrmed befre the selected Actin. If the integratin fails, the actin will nt ccur. This des nt apply t Save actins, which will ccur regardless f the integratin results. Any validatins that can prevent the actin, such as bind validatins, are perfrmed after the integratin. This means the actin may nt ccur, even if the integratin is successful. Pst-Actin The integratin will be perfrmed after the selected Actin. The integratin will

161 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 155 ccur even if the event itself fails due t validatins. Use the Availability / Triggering Cnditins detailed belw if the integratin requires specific cnditins. External Service This ptin is currently unavailable. Label Text Fr cnfiguratins that are initiated by the user, enter the label fr the buttn. Available when Custm is selected as the Actin. Tip: Once the cnfiguratin has been saved, the Label Text becmes available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. Emphasize Actin When Custm is selected as the Actin, the custm item is added t the Actins widget. When this bx is checked, a matching buttn is added t the Screen Buttn Bar with the navigatin buttns. If the custm actin is nt available in the Actins widget due t the selected Availability / Triggering Cnditins, the assciated buttn will als nt be displayed. Depending n system settings, any buttns that d nt fit within the available space in the Screen Buttn Bar will either be hidden r will wrap t anther line. A maximum f ten integratins can be emphasized n a single screen in the wrkflw. Integratin Level Available when Custm is selected as the Actin. Select where the prcessing is t be dne.

162 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 156 Backend Calls an integratin service n the Bridge Specialty Suite server. Frntend Redirects the current brwser windw t an external web page. The address is specified in the Link URL field belw. Cmmunicatin Available when Backend is selected fr Integratin Level. Select hw the systems shuld cmmunicate. This infrmatin is prvided by yur Oceanwide Representative. Synchrnus The Bridge Specialty Suite and integratin system cmmunicate bth ways, allwing immediate updates f the submissin as well as warning messages if there are any prblems. Nte: Replies and updates frm synchrnus integratins can nly be accepted when the submissin is a New Business r Renewal transactin in Incmplete status, r any transactin type in Bund status. In any ther transactin type r status, any reply will be ignred. Asynchrnus The Bridge Specialty Suite sends the infrmatin t the integratin system, and then cntinues with nrmal prcessing. While the integratin may affect the submissin in the backgrund, it will nt return any warning messages. Pre-Integratin Evaluatin Nt available when Frntend is selected fr Integratin Level. Select hw the system shuld evaluate calculated fields befre perfrming the integratin. All The system perfrms the standard calculatin prcess, evaluating all necessary calculated fields. Nne The system des nt evaluate any calculated fields.

163 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 157 User-Defined Rule A Field Evaluatin Rule can be selected, which defines a specific selectin f calculated fields t be evaluated. The rule may have a Trigger selected, which will be evaluated t determine if the rule is applicable. Selecting this ptin reveals the Pre-Integratin Evaluatin Rule field belw. Pre-Integratin Evaluatin Rule Pst-Integratin Evaluatin Available when User-Defined Rule is selected fr Pre-Integratin Evaluatin. Select a Field Evaluatin Rule t determine which fields shuld be evaluated befre perfrming the integratin. Available when Synchrnus is selected fr Cmmunicatin. Select hw the system shuld evaluate calculated fields after perfrming the integratin. All The system perfrms the standard calculatin prcess, evaluating all necessary calculated fields. Nne The system des nt evaluate any calculated fields. User-Defined Rule A Field Evaluatin Rule can be selected, which defines a specific selectin f calculated fields t be evaluated. The rule may have a Trigger selected, which will be evaluated t determine if the rule is applicable. Selecting this ptin reveals the Pst-Integratin Evaluatin Rule field belw. Pst-Integratin Evaluatin Rule Send Dcument Identifiers Available when User-Defined Rule is selected fr Pst-Integratin Evaluatin. Select a Field Evaluatin Rule t determine which fields shuld be evaluated after perfrming the integratin. Available when Plicy is selected fr Integratin Type. When checked, the integratin will include file infrmatin fr any generated dcuments mdified in the last 24 hurs. Suitable integratins can use the dcument infrmatin t retrieve the dcuments

164 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 158 fr additinal prcessing. Link URL Prvide the URL address f the external system. Available when Frntend is selected as the Integratin Level. The URL can cntain placehlders that retrieve system infrmatin and insert it int the URL. Example: The [[TransactinResurceId]] placehlder can be used t retrieve the internal ID f a transactin. The URL may be cnstructed as fllws. The exact frmat f the URL must be determined by the website administratr. This wuld substitute the apprpriate value and direct the user t the fllwing URL. The destinatin website wuld then reslve the address accrding t its wn cnfiguratin. The Select Plicy Participants t Scan panel becmes available after saving an integratin with Cmpliance Scan selected as the Integratin Type.

165 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 159 Client Distributr Check this bx t include the client details in the cmpliance scan. Check this bx t include the distributr details in the cmpliance scan. The Sanctin Lists panel becmes available after saving an integratin with Cmpliance Scan selected as the Integratin Type. This panel displays all sanctin lists t be searched. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing list entry. Click Add t add a new list entry. Check the bxes fr ne r mre list entries and click Delete t remve the selected entries frm the panel. b. On viewing r creating a list entry, the Sanctin List windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

166 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 160 Name Select the list t add. Fr infrmatin n the available lists, see the Sanctin and Cmpliance Lists sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. Threshld Enter the threshld percentage. As the data being scanned is cmpared against entries in this list, it generates percentages t represent hw clsely the data matches. If the scan prduces any matches that equal r exceed this threshld, it will be cnsidered a cmpliance vilatin. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing list, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the lists. Click Save t save the list and remain n the page. Click Save & New t save the list and clear the frm t add additinal lists. Click Save & Clse t save the list and clse the windw. When viewing an existing list, click Delete t remve the list frm the cnfiguratin. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the list. The Dcument t be Generated and Signed panel becmes available when E-Signature is selected as the Integratin Type. The Dcument field lists all dcuments cnfigured within the available master cvers. Select a dcument that has been cnfigured fr e-signatures.

167 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 161

168 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 162 Integratin cnfiguratins are enabled fr a wrkflw in the Wrkflw Management page. Within the wrkflw, the Availability / Triggering Cnditins panel defines when the integratin can be activated by the event r user. The integratin can nly be activated if the transactin and user match at least ne selected ptin in each grup. At least ne ptin must be selected in each grup r the integratin can never be activated. Plicy Transactin Types Plicy Transactin Statuses Security Rles Screens Trigger Select the transactin types where the integratin can be activated. Select the transactin statuses where the integratin can be activated. Select the user security rles that are required t enable the integratin. Select the screens where the integratin can be activated. This nly applies fr Custm Actins. An ptinal trigger can be selected as a final requirement t enable the integratin. The trigger must evaluate as true fr the integratin t ccur, as well as meeting the ther requirements in this panel. The Wrking Indicatr panel becmes available when Custm is selected as the Actin and Synchrnus is selected fr Cmmunicatin. If an integratin is expected t take a nticeable amunt f time t cmplete, an icn can be displayed with a message that the integratin is running. Display Wrking Indicatr Check this bx t display the wrking indicatr while the integratin runs. If the sys-

169 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 163 tem needs t relad the page after the integratin cmpletes, the selected indicatr will remain until the page is reladed. Icn Optins This field becmes available when Display Wrking Indicatr is checked. Select the animated icn t be displayed. Spinner A square cntaining a shaded spinning circle. Squares A set f nine squares that fade in and ut. Text Optins This field becmes available when Display Wrking Indicatr is checked. Select if the indicatr shuld display the Default text, "Lading ", r Custm text. Nte that the Default text cannt be custmized fr different languages using the Custm Labels feature, but the Custm text can. Custm Text This field becmes available when Custm is selected fr Text Optins. Enter the text t appear belw the indicatr icn. Text will appear n ne line, and will be cut ff if it exceeds the display area, s it is recmmended t keep the message brief. The Status panel becmes available after saving the integratin cnfiguratin. Active Marks the cnfiguratin as active and available fr use. Inactive cnfiguratins are n lnger avail-

170 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 164 able fr selectin and cannt be activated. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the cnfiguratin was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the cnfiguratin was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Add r Save t save the cnfiguratin but remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the cnfiguratin and return t the integratin cnfiguratins list. Click Clse t return t the integratin cnfiguratins list withut saving the cnfiguratin. Cnfiguring an e-signature Integratin The e-signature integratin type defines a dcument that will be generated by the system and then submitted t a digital signature service. The user digitally signs the dcument, which is then attached t the transactin. 1. The dcument template must cntain the Signature Placehlder, available in the Signature grup f the Wrd Ribbn. The template is then upladed t the system and attached t a dcument cnfiguratin in the master cver. 2. Create a new integratin cnfiguratin. 3. The fllwing settings are required: Name Enter the name f the integratin.

171 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 165 Cde Descriptin Integratin Type Endpint Cde Actin Label Text Emphasize Actin Integratin Level Cmmunicatin Dcument Availability / Triggering Cnditins A cde can be prvided, r ne will be generated by the system n saving. Enter a descriptin, if necessary. Select E-Signature. Enter OwBridge.SilanisESignLive. Defaults t Custm n selecting E-Signature and cannt be changed. Enter the label fr the custm actin. This ptin can be selected t add a buttn at the bttm f the screen in additin t the ptin in the Actins widget. Select Backend. Select Synchrnus. Select the dcument t be generated and signed. Select the apprpriate cnditins t make the custm actin available t users. 4. Attach the integratin t the apprpriate wrkflw, and then republish the wrkflw. The custm actin will be available in the wrkflw accrding t the Availability / Triggering Cnditins. 5. As e-signature dcuments are generated, details are tracked in the transactin. The name f the user wh initiated the signature prcess, the current status f the dcument, and the last date/time that the status changed are all tracked. This infrmatin can be retrieved by calculated fields fr a range f purpses such as tracking, display, and validatins. The name f the user wh created the dcument is retrieved using the fllwing path:

172 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 166 [[DcumentArray/Dcument[MasterCverDcumentCde='Cde' and Status='Status']/CreatedBy]] The date f the last status change is retrieved using the fllwing path: [[DcumentArray/Dcument[MasterCverDcumentCde='Cde' and Status='Status']/StatusMdifiedOn]] In each case, the Cde is the cde f the dcument cnfiguratin in the master cver, and the Status is selected frm the fllwing list: Status SentFrSigning The dcument has been generated and sent t the certificatin service. Signed The dcument has been signed and verified. SigningDeclined User declined t sign the dcument. SigningPending The dcument signing prcess is in prgress. SigningSessinExpired The signing prcess timed ut due t inactivity (20 minutes). OptedOutOfSigning User pted ut f signing the dcument. Nte: Only the mst recent dcument fr each cde and status cmbinatin is tracked in the transactin infrmatin. If a specific dcument has been generated and is in Signed status, while anther versin f the same dcument has been generated but is in SigningPending status, they will bth be available. Once the secnd dcument is signed, it will replace the first signed dcument. This nly applies t the dcument infrmatin stred in the transactin data. The actual dcuments will all be available in the Dcuments/Frms list.

173 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 167 Managing Data Tables A variety f wrkflw cmpnents can be used t search fr data within custm tables. Data Tables are used t manage large amunts f data with ptinal settings fr language and effective perids, allwing lkups t retrieve specific versins f the data. The data table cnfiguratin sets the parameters f the data. Excel files cntaining the data are then upladed t Instances f the table, with the specific settings t define when that data shuld be used. Fr additinal infrmatin, see the Managing Data Table Instances sectin. The data table cnfiguratin can be updated when necessary. Fr additinal infrmatin, see the Editing a Data Table Cnfiguratin sectin. Nte: These instructins are fr the Data Tables management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Lkups grup and select Data Tables. The Data Tables page pens with a list f all available data tables within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers.

174 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 168 Tip: By default, nly Active data tables are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all tables. If there are a large number f available data tables, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate tables. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing data table. Click Add t add a new data table. 4. On viewing r creating a data table, the DataTable Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Descriptin Enter the name f the table. This is an internal reference cde. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. A descriptin can be prvided fr the table. This infrmatin is nly displayed here in the Data Table Management page.

175 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 169 Table This field is used t uplad a sample Excel file t define the clumns. Click the buttn in the field t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate file, and the file name and path appear in the field. Only the first rw f the first sheet is imprted, with all ther data ignred. Any unnamed clumns appearing befre the last named clumn will be imprted and generic clumn names will be assigned. Example: Imprting the abve sheet wuld create the fllwing clumns:

176 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 170 Uplad Clumns Key Clumns Srting Clumn Click Uplad Clumns t imprt the selected Table file. The clumns defined in the file will ppulate the Key Clumns field, Srting Clumn list, and the Clumns grid belw. Select which clumns will serve as key clumns. All key clumns must be required data, and a cmbinatin f all key clumns must uniquely identify individual entries in the table. This field becmes read-nly nce the table is saved. A clumn can be selected t serve as srting r sequence values. The selected clumn will nt be available fr use as a Primary Display Clumn r Key Clumn in a Data Surce Cnfiguratin. The Clumns grid displays all clumns included in the table, and the sequence as they appear in the surce file.

177 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 171 The Data Table Instances panel becmes available nce the current data table cnfiguratin has been saved. This panel lists all instances included in the current data table, and is used t manage the instances. See the Managing Data Table Instances sectin fr detailed instructins. The Status panel becmes available nce the current data table cnfiguratin has been saved. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the panel as active and available fr use. Inactive panels will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the data table was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the data table was changed, and the user wh made the changes. This des nt include changes t data table instances. 6. Select an actin.

178 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 172 When creating the data table, click Save t save the table but remain n the page. When creating the data table, click Save & Clse t save the table and return t the data tables list. Click Clse t return t the data tables list withut saving the table. Managing Data Table Instances The Data Table cnfiguratin cntains general settings fr the data table, while the Data Table Instances, als referred t as Dmain / Rate Tables, cntain the actual data. Each instance is defined with settings t determine which instance shuld be used when the data table is accessed, which can prvide entirely different data based n thse settings. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer and Data Table cnfiguratin. Fr instructins, see the sectins n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers and Data Tables. 2. In the Data Table cnfiguratin, g t the Data Table Instances panel. This panel lists all instances within the current data table. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Data Table Instance Name clumn t view an existing instance. Click a link in the File Name clumn t view the riginal upladed Excel file.

179 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 173 Click a link in the Dwnlad clumn t dwnlad the data frm that instance int a new Excel file. Click Add t add a new instance. Check the bxes fr ne r mre instances and click Delete t remve the selected instances and all assciated data. 4. On viewing r creating an instance, the Dmain / Rate Table Management windw pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Data Table Name Cde Displays the name f the current data table. This field cannt be mdified. Enter the name f the data table instance. This is an internal reference cde that must be unique. A cde can be entered manually, r

180 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 174 leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. Descriptin Culture Effective Date Imprted File Name Select File t Imprt A descriptin can be prvided fr the table. This infrmatin is nly displayed here in the Data / Rate Table Management windw. An instance can be assciated t a language, including a reginal dialect. If n selectin has been made, the data will nt be culture-specific. When the data table is accessed, the system will use the apprpriate instance fr the brwser s language settings. A date can be specified fr when this instance cmes int effect. The date can be entered manually r selected frm the calendar lkup. When the data table is accessed, the system will use the mst recently upladed table that crrespnds t a specific date. Once a file has been upladed, this field will display the file name. This field becmes read-nly nce the table is saved. Click the buttn in the field t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate file, and the file name and path appear in the field. Nte: Culture and Effective Date are used t define which instance will be used when the data table is accessed. Instances are nly valid n r after their effective date. The system will identify all instances valid n the specified date.

181 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 175 Of the valid tables, the system will then check Culture settings fr an exact match n bth language and regin. If n match is fund, the system will then check fr a match n just language. If n match n language alne is fund, the system will then check fr instances where n Culture is selected. If multiple instances are valid n bth Effective Date and Culture, the system will use the ne mst recently upladed. If n valid instances are fund, the system will nt return any result. The clumns and clumn labels in the upladed file must match the sample file upladed t the selected Data Table. If nt, the file uplad will be rejected and an errr will be displayed. The Status panel becmes available nce the current data table instance has been saved. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the instance was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the instance was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Save t save the instance and keep the windw pen. When saving, any file chsen t be upladed will be autmatically imprted. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the instance.

182 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 176 Editing a Data Table Cnfiguratin The Data Table cnfiguratin can be updated when necessary. This includes the re-naming f the table, uplading a new clumn cnfiguratin, r updating the Key Clumns r Srting Clumn. Nte that existing Data Table Instances must be deleted befre changes are made t cre table prperties. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Lkups grup and select Data Tables. The Data Tables page pens with a list f all available data tables within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Tip: By default, nly Active data tables are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all tables. 3. Click the link in the Name clumn t view and edit an existing data table. The Data Table Management page pens. See the sectin n Managing Data Tables fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. 4. Navigate t the Attributes panel and apply the necessary changes t the table cnfiguratin. The fllwing changes are

183 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 177 supprted. Making changes t the Name r Descriptin fields. Uplading a new clumn structure. This includes adding r deleting clumns, changing clumn names, r re-rdering existing clumns. Marking the Data Table as Inactive by unchecking the Active checkbx in the Status panel. Inactive tables will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Nte: When adding r deleting clumns, changing clumn names, re-rdering existing clumns, r mdifying Key Clumns, existing Data Table Instances structured with the previus table cnfiguratin must be deleted. T mitigate any ptential lss f data, Data Table Instances can be dwnladed prir t updating the table clumns. Befre accepting a new table cnfiguratin, the system verifies whether any altered clumns are used in an active Data Surce cnfiguratin. If a dependency is identified, the system returns an errr message and prevents the uplad. The Data Surce cnfiguratin must be mdified befre the clumns can be successfully upladed.

184 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 178 Managing Data Surces A Data Surce Cnfiguratin defines hw certain features access data, bth stred and dynamic. This data can cme frm data tables, dynamic grids, r ther such surces. Nte: These instructins are fr the Data Surce Cnfiguratins management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Lkups grup and select Data Surces. The Data Surce Cnfiguratins page pens with a list f all available data surces within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. If there are a large number f available data surces, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate data surces. 3. Select an actin.

185 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 179 Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing data surce. Click Add t add a new data surce. 4. On viewing r creating a panel, the Data Surce Cnfiguratin Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Descriptin Enter the name f the data surce. This is an internal reference cde. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. Once the data surce cnfiguratin has been saved, this field is lcked. A descriptin can be prvided fr the data surce. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Data Surce Cnfiguratins list.

186 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 180 Data Surce Type Select the surce f the data. Once the data surce cnfiguratin has been saved, this setting is lcked. Data Table Data is retrieved frm a data table cnfigured fr the current wrkflw cntainer. Grid Data is retrieved frm a dynamic grid in the wrkflw. Web Service Data is cllected thrugh an integratin with an internal r external service. Data Surce This field becmes available when an ptin is selected fr the Data Surce Type. Select the surce f the data. Once the data surce cnfiguratin has been saved, this setting is lcked. When selecting a grid, the grid must be in the same wrkflw as the assciated cmb bx cntrl. Fr a list f available web services, see Web Service List fr Data Surces. Output Results t a Grid When checked, the system maps the lkup search results t the grid fields specified in the Output T Fields panel described belw. Once the data surce cnfiguratin has been saved, this setting is lcked.

187 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 181 Ntes: When Output Results t a Grid is checked, the ptins t assign the Primary Display Clumn, Key Clumn Rule, and Display Clumns are nt available. Data surces cnfigured t Output Results t a Grid are nt available fr selectin as a Data Surce fr a Cmb Bx field. T display the data surce lkup search results within the wrkflw, a field must be cnfigured with the LkupDataSurceTGrid() functin. Fr additinal infrmatin, see the Full Functin Reference List sectin in the Calculated Fields dcument. Primary Display Clumn Key Clumn Rule This field becmes available nce the data surce has been saved. Select the clumn r field with the utput values that will be prvided nce a match is fund. Fr data tables, the Srting Clumn is nt available. This field becmes available nce the data surce has been saved, and is nly available fr Data Table and Web Service surces. The key clumn is the value that is stred in the database when a recrd is selected and the screen is saved. When referencing the lkup field in triggers r calculated fields, this is the value that will be prvided. Nte: Fr Grid surces, a key clumn cannt be selected. Instead, the value stred fr the lkup field is a lng alphanumeric cde assigned by the system. Due t the randm nature f the cde, this culd nt be used. The values in this clumn must be unique, as they specifically identify individual recrds. Key Clumn is The same clumn selected as the Primary Display Clumn will be used as the key

188 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 182 Primary Display Clumn Specify Alternate Key Clumn Key Clumn clumn. A different clumn can be selected as the key clumn. The Key Clumn field becmes available. This field is available when Specify Alternate Key Clumn is selected as the Key Clumn Rule. Select a clumn frm the data surce as the key clumn. Nte: When using multiple Data Table Instances with Culture settings, the Key Clumn must cntain unique values and must be identical acrss all related instances. The Status panel becmes available nce the current data surce cnfiguratin has been saved. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the data surce was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the data surce was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin.

189 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 183 Click Save t save the data surce but remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the data surce and return t the data surces list. Click Clse t return t the data surces list withut saving the data surce. The remaining settings depend n the selected Surce Type. See Cnfiguratin fr Data Tables and Web Services r Cnfiguratin fr Grids belw. Cnfiguratin fr Data Tables and Web Services 1. Cnfiguratin cntinues with the panels that are added n saving. The next step is t set up filters, if necessary. Filters can be applied t each data surce, restricting the data available fr the lkups. When using a Web Service, the filters are passed t the service as part f the request. The Filters panel lists all current filter rules. Ntes: The system will use filters differently when the Data Surce field is set t Address Lkup.

190 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 184 When the Data Surce Cnfiguratin is activated by a cmb bx, the filters will be ignred. The system will use search-text entered int the cmb bx by the user in the submissin wrkflw. If the cmb bx uses Autmatic search mde, the Minimum Filter Length must be 4 r greater. When the cnfiguratin is activated by a functin in a calculated field, the filters will be used. If the Output Results t a Grid ptin in the Attributes panel is checked, a Grid must be selected in the Output t Fields panel befre Filters can be selected. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Clumn clumn t view an existing filter cnfiguratin. Click Add t add a new filter cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre filter cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected filters frm the data surce. b. On creating a filter cnfiguratin, the Add Filter windw pens. On viewing a filter cnfiguratin, the Filter windw pens. The available fields are the same in bth windws. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Clumn Select the clumn t be filtered. Fr data tables, nly clumns defined as Key Clumns in

191 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 185 the Data Table Management page are available. Fr web services, nly clumns defined as Filters in the Web Service List fr Data Surces are available. Filter By Field Select if the filter value shuld be taken frm a Field within the wrkflw, r if it shuld be a Cnstant Value. This field is enabled when Field is selected as the Filter By ptin. Select a field frm the wrkflw that will prvide the filter value. All filters applied t the same clumn, including fields that can have multiple ptins selected, will be handled as "Or" cnditins. This means that if data matches any ne f the cnditins, it will pass the filters. If mre than ne clumn in the table has filters, then the clumns will be handled as "And" cnditins. This means that each filtered clumn must pass at least ne f its filters, r the rw will nt be included. Ntes: The field must be n the same screen as the assciated cmb bx. Hwever, a calculated field n the same screen can be used t reference a field n anther screen. Date Picker, Rich Text, and Textbx ( ) fields are nt available. Cnstant Value This field is enabled when Cnstant Value is selected as the Filter By ptin. Enter the value t be used in filtering the clumn. Ntes:

192 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 186 Whether a filter is based n a cnstant value r a field, the data must match the cnditin exactly in rder t pass the filter. Any numerical fields shuld be frmatted as text. Any extra characters, such as thusands separatrs r currency symbls, might nt match the reginal frmatting f the user's brwser, preventing a match. If a field used as a filter is changed, the cmb bx will be cleared. If multiple cmb bxes are chained tgether, each serving as a filter fr the next, changing ne field will clear all dependent fields. The Output t Fields ptin can verwrite a field used as a filter. In such a cnfiguratin, the cmb bx cntrl shuld be set t Manual Search Mde instead f Autmatic. This will prevent unnecessary repetitin in the lkups. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing filter, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the filters. Click Save & New t save the filter and clear the frm t add additinal filters. Click Save & Clse t save the filter and clse the windw. When viewing an existing filter, click Delete t remve the filter frm the data surce. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the filter. 2. Next is t set up the display clumns.

193 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 187 The Display Clumns are the clumns shwn in the drpdwn when the user clicks n the lkup field. At least ne Key Clumn shuld be included t prvide unique entries, but additinal clumns can be included t prvide infrmatin. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Clumn clumn t view an existing display clumn. Click Add t add a new display clumn. Check the bxes fr ne r mre display clumns and click Delete t remve the selected clumns frm the data surce. b. On creating a display clumn, the Add Display Clumn windw pens. On viewing a display clumn, the Display Clumn windw pens. The available fields are almst the same in bth windws. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

194 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 188 Clumn Cde Label Sequence Searchable Select the clumn t add. This field is visible when the display clumn has been saved. The cde is generated by the system and cannt be mdified. The name f the selected clumn is entered as the label, but can be mdified. Enter a sequence number t cntrl the rder f the clumns. Allws the user t search the clumn t find the necessary entry. Tip: Once the display clumn has been saved, the Label becmes available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. When yu delete a display clumn, its crrespnding entry in the Custm Labels sectin will be deleted. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. d. Select an actin.

195 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 189 When viewing an existing display clumn, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the clumns. Click Save & New t save the display clumn and clear the frm t add additinal clumns. Click Save & Clse t save the display clumn and clse the windw. When viewing an existing display clumn, click Delete t remve the clumn frm the data surce. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the display clumn. 3. Finally, utput fields can be cnfigured. The Output T Fields panel lists the mapping cnfiguratins fr the utput. Once a search result has been selected, the values f ne r mre clumns can be utput t specific fields. Grid This field is displayed if the Output Results t a Grid ptin is checked, and cntains a cmplete list f grids cnfigured within the wrkflw. Select the utput grid, which will be used t filter the list f clumns and fields available in the Add Output t Field windw. Once a grid has been selected, this setting is lcked. Click the Select New Grid buttn t select a new utput grid.

196 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 190 a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Clumn clumn t view an existing utput. Click Add t add a new utput. Check the bxes fr ne r mre utputs and click Delete t remve the selected utputs frm the data surce. Click Select New Grid t select a new utput grid. Nte that existing utput field cnfiguratins will be deleted as part f this actin. b. On creating an utput, the Add Output t Field windw pens. On viewing an utput, the Output t Field windw pens. The available fields are the same in bth windws. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Clumn Output Field Select the clumn cntaining the utput value. Select a field frm the wrkflw t receive the value. Ntes: HTML cntent cannt be utput t any fields. The fllwing field types are nt supprted: Checkbx Grup, Date Picker, Include Exclude List, Multi Select, and Rich Text. The fllwing cntrl types are supprted and can be hidden r read-nly: Cmb Bx, Label, Text Area, Textbx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx ( ), and Textbx (Integer).

197 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 191 The fllwing cntrl types are supprted, but will nt be updated if they are hidden r read-nly: Checkbx, Drp Dwn, and Radi Buttns. When using Checkbx, Drp Dwn, r Radi Buttns as the utput, the data table must have the Cdes fr the individual ptin list items, and nt the Labels. The utput can be sent t anther Cmb Bx. If the target cmb bx is set t Manual Search Mde, the text will be entered and the user can then trigger the search. If the target is set t Autmatic Search Mde, the search will initiate immediately and a single matching result will be selected. If an autmatic search yields mre than ne result, n selectin will be made. A Cmb Bx must nt utput t itself. It can utput t a field that it uses as a surce r filter, but it shuld be set t Manual Search Mde t prevent unnecessary repetitin in the lkups. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing utput, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the utputs. Click Save & New t save the utput and clear the frm t add additinal utputs. Click Save & Clse t save the utput and clse the windw. When viewing an existing utput, click Delete t remve the utput frm the data surce. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the utput. 4. On the Data Surce Cnfiguratin Management page, select an actin. Click Save t save the data surce but remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the data surce and return t the data surces list. Click Clse t return t the data surces list withut saving the data surce.

198 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 192 Cnfiguratin fr Grids 1. Cnfiguratin cntinues with the panels that are added n saving. The next step is t set up filters, if necessary. Filters can be applied t each data surce, restricting the data available fr the lkups. The Filters panel lists all current filter rules. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Grid Field clumn t view an existing filter cnfiguratin. Click Add t add a new filter cnfiguratin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre filter cnfiguratins and click Delete t remve the selected filters frm the data surce. b. On creating a filter cnfiguratin, the Add Filter windw pens. On viewing a filter cnfiguratin, the Filter windw pens. The available fields are the same in bth windws.

199 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 193 c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Grid Field Filter By Field Select the clumn t be filtered. Select if the filter value shuld be taken frm a Field within the wrkflw, r if it shuld be a Cnstant Value. This field is enabled when Field is selected as the Filter By ptin. Select a field frm the wrkflw that will prvide the filter value. All filters applied t the same field, including fields that can have multiple ptins selected, will be handled as "Or" cnditins. This means that if data matches any ne f the cnditins, it will pass the filters. If mre than ne field in the table has filters, then the fields will be handled as "And" cnditins. This means that each filtered field must pass at least ne f its filters, r the rw will nt be included. Ntes: The field must be n the same screen as the assciated cmb bx. Hwever, a calculated field n the same screen can be used t reference a field n anther screen. Date Picker, Rich Text, and Textbx ( ) fields are nt available.

200 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 194 Cnstant Value This field is enabled when Cnstant Value is selected as the Filter By ptin. Enter the value t be used in filtering the field. Ntes: Whether a filter is based n a cnstant value r a field, the data must match the cnditin exactly in rder t pass the filter. Any numerical fields shuld be frmatted as text. Any extra characters, such as thusands separatrs r currency symbls, might nt match the reginal frmatting f the user's brwser, preventing a match. If a field used as a filter is changed, the cmb bx will be cleared. If multiple cmb bxes are chained tgether, each serving as a filter fr the next, changing ne field will clear all dependent fields. The Output t Fields ptin can verwrite a field used as a filter. In such a cnfiguratin, the cmb bx cntrl shuld be set t Manual Search Mde instead f Autmatic. This will prevent unnecessary repetitin in the lkups. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing filter, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the filters. Click Save & New t save the filter and clear the frm t add additinal filters. Click Save & Clse t save the filter and clse the windw. When viewing an existing filter, click Delete t remve the filter frm the data surce. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the filter. 2. Next is t set up the display clumns.

201 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 195 The Display Clumns are the clumns shwn in the drpdwn when the user clicks n the lkup field. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Grid Field clumn t view an existing display clumn. Click Add t add a new display clumn. Check the bxes fr ne r mre display clumns and click Delete t remve the selected clumns frm the data surce. b. On creating a display clumn, the Add Display Clumn windw pens. On viewing a display clumn, the Display Clumn windw pens. The available fields are almst the same in bth windws. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

202 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 196 Grid Field Cde Label Sequence Searchable Select the clumn t add. This field is visible when the display clumn has been saved. The cde is generated by the system and cannt be mdified. The name f the selected field is entered as the label, but can be mdified. Enter a sequence number t cntrl the rder f the clumns. Allws the user t search the clumn t find the necessary entry. Tip: Once the display clumn has been saved, the Label becmes available in the Custm Labels sectin. This allws translated versins f the text t be upladed fr when the brwser is set t different languages. The text entered here will be set as the default English text. When yu delete a display clumn, its crrespnding entry in the Custm Labels sectin will be deleted. Fr details n custmizing languages, see the Custm Labels sectin in the User Guide - Reference and Administratin dcument. d. Select an actin.

203 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 197 When viewing an existing display clumn, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the clumns. Click Save & New t save the display clumn and clear the frm t add additinal clumns. Click Save & Clse t save the display clumn and clse the windw. When viewing an existing display clumn, click Delete t remve the clumn frm the data surce. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the display clumn. 3. Finally, utput fields can be cnfigured. The Output T Fields panel lists the mapping cnfiguratins fr the utput. Once a search result has been selected, the values f ne r mre clumns can be utput t specific fields. a. Select an actin.

204 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 198 Click a link in the Grid Field clumn t view an existing utput. Click Add t add a new utput. Check the bxes fr ne r mre utputs and click Delete t remve the selected utputs frm the data surce. b. On creating an utput, the Add Output t Field windw pens. On viewing an utput, the Output t Field windw pens. The available fields are the same in bth windws. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Grid Field Output Field Select the clumn cntaining the utput value. Select a field frm the wrkflw t receive the value. Ntes: HTML cntent cannt be utput t any fields. The fllwing field types are nt supprted: Checkbx Grup, Date Picker, Include Exclude List, Multi Select, and Rich Text. The fllwing cntrl types are supprted and can be hidden r read-nly: Cmb Bx, Label, Text Area, Textbx, Textbx (Decimal), Textbx ( ), and Textbx (Integer). The fllwing cntrl types are supprted, but will nt be updated if they are hidden r read-nly: Checkbx, Drp Dwn, and Radi Buttns. When using Checkbx, Drp Dwn, r Radi Buttns as the utput, the data table must have the Cdes fr the individual ptin list items, and nt the Labels.

205 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 199 The utput can be sent t anther Cmb Bx. If the target cmb bx is set t Manual Search Mde, the text will be entered and the user can then trigger the search. If the target is set t Autmatic Search Mde, the search will initiate immediately and a single matching result will be selected. If an autmatic search yields mre than ne result, n selectin will be made. A Cmb Bx must nt utput t itself. It can utput t a field that it uses as a surce r filter, but it shuld be set t Manual Search Mde t prevent unnecessary repetitin in the lkups. d. Select an actin. When viewing an existing utput, use the previus rw and next rw buttns, /, t step thrugh the utputs. Click Save & New t save the utput and clear the frm t add additinal utputs. Click Save & Clse t save the utput and clse the windw. When viewing an existing utput, click Delete t remve the utput frm the data surce. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the utput. 4. On the Data Surce Cnfiguratin Management page, select an actin. Click Save t save the data surce but remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the data surce and return t the data surces list. Click Clse t return t the data surces list withut saving the data surce. Web Service List fr Data Surces

206 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 200 This is a list f the web services that cme built-in t the system. Any ther web services appearing in the Data Surce field are specific t yur versin f the Bridge Specialty Suite, and are nt cvered in this dcument. Address Lkup (Bing) The Address Lkup web service is used t verify that an address is valid, and prvide additinal infrmatin abut that address. This feature can use either the Bing r Ggle address lkup service, each f which will return different results. See the Address Lkup (Ggle) sectin fr the Ggle versin. The service used is determined by an internal cnfiguratin. Please cntact yur Insurity representative t request a change frm ne service t anther. Ntes: When used with a cmb bx, the user can enter the search-text directly int the cmb bx while wrking n a submissin. A full r partial search can be used. Any filters in the Filters panel will be ignred. These cmb bxes can use bth Autmatic and Manual search mde. If Autmatic is used, the Minimum Filter Length must be 4 r greater. If n results are fund, the prvided address can be saved. Nte that if n selectin is made, any utput fields will nt be ppulated. When used in a calculated field with a functin such as LkupDataSurce, the filters will be used as cnfigured in the Filters panel. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is AddressMatcherLkupWS. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin

207 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 201 Address Line Key/Display/Output The fficial street line f an address relative t the area, as specified by the lcality, pst cde, pstal cde r zip cde. This element typically cntains the address number and the street name. Calculatin Methd Key/Display/Output The methd that was used t cmpute the gecde pint. Cnfidence Key/Display/Output The level f cnfidence that the gecded lcatin result is a match. It is based n many factrs such as the relative imprtance f the gecded lcatin and the user s lcatin. Cuntry Cde Key/Display/Output The cuntry cde. Cuntry Name Key/Display/Output The cuntry r regin name. Frmatted Address Key/Display/Output The cmplete address. It may nt include the cuntry r regin. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. Latitude Key/Display/Output The latitude crdinate f the gecde. Lcality (City) Key/Display/Output The lcatin within which the address is fund. This typically refers t a city, but may refer t a suburb r a neighbrhd in certain cuntries. Lngitude Key/Display/Output The lngitude crdinate f the gecde. Match Cde Key/Display/Output The minimum criteria upn which a result will be returned by the search. This field is nt currently in use. Match Filter Enabled Filter By default, nly results that meet the specified acceptance criteria will be returned. When this filter is disabled, ptential results within the gegraphic lcatin that d nt meet the specified acceptance criteria will als be returned.

208 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 202 This field is nt currently in use. Recrd Type Key/Display/Output The recrd type being returned by the service. This field is nt currently in use. Search Address Filter The address infrmatin that is sent t the service. A full r partial address can be used. Secndary Subdivisin Key/Display/Output The subdivisin name in the cuntry r regin fr an address. This element is used when there is anther level f subdivisin infrmatin fr a lcatin, such as a cunty. Subdivisin Key/Display/Output The subdivisin name in the cuntry r regin fr an address. This element is typically the first-rder administrative subdivisin, but may als be the secnd, third, r furth-rder subdivisin in a cuntry, dependency, r regin. Zip Cde Key/Display/Output Specifies the pst cde, pstal cde r zip cde. Address Lkup (Ggle) The Address Lkup web service is used t verify that an address is valid, and prvide additinal infrmatin abut that address. This feature can use either the Bing r Ggle address lkup service, each f which will return different results. See the Address Lkup (Bing) sectin fr the Bing versin. The service used is determined by an internal cnfiguratin. Please cntact yur Insurity representative t request a change frm ne service t anther. Ntes:

209 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 203 When used with a cmb bx, the user can enter the search-text directly int the cmb bx while wrking n a submissin. A full r partial search can be used. Any filters in the Filters panel will be ignred. These cmb bxes can use bth Autmatic and Manual search mde. If Autmatic is used, the Minimum Filter Length must be 4 r greater. If n results are fund, the prvided address can be saved. Nte that if n selectin is made, any utput fields will nt be ppulated. When used in a calculated field with a functin such as LkupDataSurce, the filters will be used as cnfigured in the Filters panel. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is AddressMatcherLkupWS. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Availability Descriptin Address Line Key/Display/Output The fficial street line f an address relative t the area, as specified by the lcality, pst cde, pstal cde r zip cde. This element typically cntains the address number and the street name. Cuntry Cde Key/Display/Output The tw-digit cuntry cde. Cuntry Name Key/Display/Output The cuntry r regin name. Frmatted Address Key/Display/Output The cmplete address. It may nt include the cuntry r regin. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. Latitude Key/Display/Output The latitude crdinate f the gecde. Lcality (City) Key/Display/Output The lcatin within which the address is fund. This typically refers t a

210 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 204 Clumn Availability Descriptin city, but may refer t a suburb r a neighbrhd in certain cuntries. Lngitude Key/Display/Output The lngitude crdinate f the gecde. Pstal Cde Plus 4 Key/Display/Output The pstal cde plus an additinal fur digits used t identify a gegraphic segment, such as a city blck. Search Address Filter The address infrmatin that is sent t the service. A full r partial address can be used. Secndary Subdivisin Secndary Subdivisin Lng Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output The shrt name f the secndary administrative district. The cmplete name f the secndary r reginal administrative district. Subdivisin Key/Display/Output The shrt name f the administrative district. Subdivisin Lng Key/Display/Output The cmplete name f the administrative district. Zip Cde Key/Display/Output Specifies the zip cde. Assured Lkup The Assured Lkup web service is used t search fr individual clients and client cmpanies. Ntes:

211 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 205 In rder fr this web service t functin, sme additinal fields must be included, as well as sme specific Filter and Output t Field cnfiguratins. Filter Cnfiguratin: Select Assured Type in the Clumn field, select Field in the Filter By field, and select Master- CverAssuredType fr the Field r Cnstant Value field. Filter Cnfiguratin: Select Cuntry in the Clumn field, select Field in the Filter By field, and select Master- CverCuntryOptinListCde in the Field r Cnstant Value field. These filters will ensure that the web service nly returns infrmatin that crrespnds t the supprted client types and cuntries f the master cver, which are specified in the Supprted Client Type and Supprted Client Cuntries fields in the Client Cnfiguratin Settings panel f the Master Cver - General Infrmatin page. The AssuredUserId and InsuredCmpanyId fields must be added t the screen cntaining the Assured Lkup. Output t Field Cnfiguratin: Select Assured User Id in the Clumn field and select AssuredUserId in the Output Field field. Output t Field Cnfiguratin: Select Insured Cmpany Id in the Clumn field and select InsuredCmpanyId in the Output Field field. If the search is activated withut any search-text, the service will return all clients available t the user. The Assured Name filter can be used t narrw dwn the list f clients returned by the service. The cnfiguratin f this filter varies based n whether yu are searching fr an individual client, a client cmpany, r bth. Searching fr an individual client invlves using the client s first name and last name as search-text. T d s, the first name and last name shuld be cmbined using a single calculated field. The calculated field shuld then be used t prvide the client s name fr the Assured Name filter. T search fr a cmpany, specify the wrkflw field that cntains the cmpany s name fr the Assured Name filter.

212 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 206 T search fr bth individual clients and client cmpanies, create a calculated field that will cntain all necessary search-text. This can include the first name and last name f a client individual, as well as a cmpany name. The calculated field shuld then be used fr the Assured Name filter. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is WebServices_AssuredLkupService. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Address Key/Display/Output The address f the client. Assured Name Key/Filter/Display/Output The first and last name f the individual client, r the name f the client cmpany. Assured Type Key/Filter/Display/Output The client type. Either individual r cmpany. Assured User Id Key/Display/Output An internal cde identifying the individual client. City Key/Display/Output The city f the client. Cde Key/Display/Output The cde f the client cmpany. Cmpany Cntact Key/Display/Output The f the cmpany cntact. Cmpany Cntact Emplyee Number Key/Display/Output The emplyee number f the cmpany cntact. Cmpany Cntact First Name Key/Display/Output The first name f the cmpany cntact. Cmpany Cntact Last Name Key/Display/Output The last name f the cmpany cntact. Cmpany Cntact Phne Key/Display/Output The phne number f the cmpany cntact.

213 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 207 Cmpany Name Key/Display/Output The name f the client cmpany. Cuntry Key/Filter/Display/Output The cuntry f the client. Key/Display/Output The f the individual client. Fax Key/Display/Output The fax f the client cmpany. First Name Key/Display/Output The first name f the individual client. Insured Cmpany Id Key/Display/Output An internal cde identifying the client cmpany. Last Name Key/Display/Output The last name f the individual client. Phne Key/Display/Output The phne number f the client. State/Prvince Key/Display/Output The state r prvince f the client. Website Key/Display/Output The website f the client cmpany. Zip/Pstal Cde Key/Display/Output The zip r pstal cde f the client. Aut Class Cde Lkup The Aut Class Cde Lkup web service is used t return vehicle class cdes that match user-specified criteria. Nte: This service requires the fllwing filters t be included in the request. Internal Cmpany Id, LOB Cde, Secndary Class Cde, State Cde, Vehicle Radius Cde, Vehicle Size Cde, Vehicle Type Cde, and Vehicle Use Cde. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_AutClassCdeLkupService.

214 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 208 The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Class Cde Key/Display/Output The vehicle s class cde. Driver Class Cde Filter The driver class cde. Dumping Operatins Indicatr Filter Specifies if the vehicle participates in dumping peratins. Effective Date Filter The effective date f the assciated plicy. Emplyer Van Pl Indicatr Filter Specifies if the vehicle is used in a van pl. Extra Inf Indicatr Filter Specifies if the vehicle has extra relevant infrmatin nt included in the request. Fleet Cde Filter Specifies if the vehicle is fleet r nn-fleet. Internal Cmpany Id Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. LOB Cde Filter The Line f Business cde. Miscellaneus 1 Inf Filter Miscellaneus infrmatin 1. Miscellaneus 3 Inf Filter Miscellaneus infrmatin 3. PD Class Cde Key/Display/Output The plicy decisins class cde.

215 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 209 PPT Driver Experience Cde Filter The private passenger type driver experience cde. PPT Usage Cde Filter The private passenger type usage cde. Prduct Line Filter The vehicle prduct line. Prgram Cde Filter The vehicle prgram cde. Rating Sectin Filter The rating sectin t be used. Seating Capacity Range Cde Filter Specifies the vehicle s seating capacity. Secndary Class Cde Filter The vehicle s secndary class cde. State Cde Filter The State Cde. Vehicle Radius Cde Filter The vehicle radius cde. Specifies the daily distance travelled frm the vehicle s regular parking lcatin. Vehicle Size Cde Filter The vehicle size cde. Vehicle Type Cde Filter The vehicle type cde. Vehicle Use Cde Filter The vehicle use cde. City File - Aut Infrmatin Lkup The Aut Infrmatin Lkup web service is used t search fr vehicle infrmatin that may affect the risks invlved with a plicy. Nte: This service requires the fllwing filters t be included in the request. Effective Date, LOB Cde, Plicy Type, State Cde, and Zip Cde.

216 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 210 The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_AutInfLkupService. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Cmmunity Descriptin Key/Display/Output A cde made up f the six digit City ID number and the six digit Fire District ID (ISOLcID). Cmmunity Name Key/Filter/Display/Output The name f the city r cmmunity. Cunty Key/Display/Output The name f the cunty. Cunty Cde Key/Display/Output The Federal Infrmatin Prcessing Standard (FIPS) cunty cde. Effective Date Filter The effective date f the assciated plicy. Fire District Name Key/Display/Output The name f the fire district. Include Fire Districts Filter When this filter is mitted r false, the results will nt be divided accrding t fire district, and the Fire District Name will shw "Multiple". When this filter is included and set t true, results that include multiple fire districts will be divided int separate entries. Internal Cmpany Id Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result.

217 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 211 LOB Cde Filter The three-character Line f Business cde. MA Territry Indicatr Key/Display/Output The MA territry indicatr. Plicy Type Filter The plicy type, such as Default, MnLine, r Package. Private Passenger Cde Key/Display/Output The private passenger cde. Public Vehicle Cde Key/Display/Output The public vehicle cde. Search Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier made up f multiple details f the recrd. State Cde Filter The tw-character State Cde. Tax District Cde Key/Display/Output The tax district cde. Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The territry cde. Twn Cde Key/Display/Output The twn cde. Truck Tractr Trailer Cde Key/Display/Output The truck tractr trailer cde. Zip Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The USPS Zip Cde. City File - Prperty Infrmatin Lkup The Prperty Infrmatin Lkup web service is used t search fr infrmatin n a specific prperty. Nte: This service requires the fllwing filters t be included in the request. Effective Date, LOB Cde, Plicy Type, State Cde, Year Built, and Zip Cde. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_PrpertyInfLkupService.

218 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 212 The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin AOP Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The All Other Perils (AOP) cde fr the territry. Building Cde Effectiveness Grading Class Building Cde Effectiveness Grading Year Graded Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output The rating class fr hw well the territry creates and enfrces building cdes. The mst recent year in which the building cde effectiveness rating was reviewed. Cmmunity Descriptin Key/Display/Output A cde made up f the six digit City ID number and the six digit Fire District ID (ISOLcID). Cmmunity Name Key/Filter/Display/Output The name f the city r cmmunity. Cunty Key/Display/Output The name f the cunty. Cunty Cde Key/Display/Output The Federal Infrmatin Prcessing Standard (FIPS) cunty cde. Crime Tier Key/Display/Output The crime tier f the city r cmmunity. Earthquake Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The earthquake territry cde. Earthquake Tier Cde Key/Display/Output The earthquake tier cde. Earthquake Zne Cde Key/Display/Output The earthquake zne cde. Effective Date Filter The effective date f the assciated plicy.

219 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 213 Fire District Name Key/Display/Output The name f the fire district. Fire Rate Id Key/Display/Output The fire rate ID. Fire Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The fire territry cde. Fire Zne Key/Display/Output The fire zne. Glass Territry Key/Display/Output The glass territry. Include Fire Districts Filter When this filter is mitted r false, the results will nt be divided accrding t fire district, and the Fire District Name will shw "Multiple". When this filter is included and set t true, results that include multiple fire districts will be divided int separate entries. Internal Cmpany Id Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. LOB Cde Filter The three-character Line f Business cde. Misc Fire Cde Key/Display/Output The miscellaneus fire cde. Persnal Building Cde Effectiveness Grading Key/Display/Output The rating class fr hw well an individual prperty meets building cdes. Pl 2 Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The PI 2 territry cde. Plicy Type Filter The plicy type, such as Default, MnLine, r Pack-

220 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 214 Prperty Liability Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The prperty liability territry cde. Prtectin Class 1 Key/Display/Output The prtectin class 1 value. Prtectin Class 2 Key/Display/Output The prtectin class 2 value. Search Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier made up f multiple details f the recrd. State Cde Filter The tw-character State Cde. Tax District Cde Key/Display/Output The tax district cde. Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The territry cde. Texas Wind Catastrphe Area Cde Key/Display/Output The Texas wind catastrphe area cde. age. Twn Cde Key/Display/Output The twn cde. Wrkers NCCI District Cde Key/Display/Output The wrkers NCCI district cde. Year Built Filter The year the prperty was built. Zip Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The USPS Zip Cde. City File - Lcatin Infrmatin Lkup The Lcatin Infrmatin Lkup web service is used t search fr infrmatin n a city r cmmunity. Nte: This service requires the fllwing filters t be included in the request. Effective Date, LOB Cde, Plicy Type, State Cde, and Zip Cde.

221 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 215 The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_LcatinInfLkupService. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Cmmunity Descriptin Key/Display/Output A cde made up f the six digit City ID number and the six digit Fire District ID (ISOLcID). Cmmunity Name Key/Filter/Display/Output The name f the city r cmmunity. Cunty Key/Display/Output The name f the cunty. Cunty Cde Key/Display/Output The Federal Infrmatin Prcessing Standard (FIPS) cunty cde. Crime Tier Key/Display/Output The crime tier f the city r cmmunity. Effective Date Filter The effective date f the assciated plicy. Fire District Name Key/Display/Output The name f the fire district. Include Fire Districts Filter When this filter is mitted r false, the results will nt be divided accrding t fire district, and the Fire District Name will shw "Multiple". When this filter is included and set t true, results that include multiple fire districts will be divided int separate entries. Internal Cmpany Id Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin.

222 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 216 Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. LOB Cde Filter The three-character Line f Business cde. Pl 2 Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The PI 2 territry cde. Plicy Type Filter The plicy type, such as Default, MnLine, r Package. Prtectin Class 1 Key/Display/Output The prtectin class 1 value. Prtectin Class 2 Key/Display/Output The prtectin class 2 value. Search Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier made up f multiple details f the recrd. State Cde Filter The tw-character State Cde. Tax District Cde Key/Display/Output The tax district cde. Territry Cde Key/Display/Output The territry cde. Twn Cde Key/Display/Output The twn cde. Zip Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The USPS Zip Cde. Cmmercial Lines Manual - Ft Nte Lkup The Ft Nte Lkup web service fr the Cmmercial Lines Manual is used in cnjunctin with the Cmmercial Manual Lines - Search web service t retrieve ft nte details assciated t a specific class cde. Nte: This service requires the Search Key filter t be included in the request. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_ClmFtNteLkupService.

223 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 217 The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Ft Nte Key/Display/Output Additinal infrmatin assciated t a class cde. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. Search Key Filter The unique search key prduced by the Cmmercial Lines Manual - Search web service. This is used t find a specific ftnte assciated t a class cde. Cmmercial Lines Manual - Search The Search web service fr the Cmmercial Lines Manual is used t search fr infrmatin n a specific class cde. Nte: This service requires the fllwing filters t be included in the request. Effective Date, LOB Cde, Plicy Type, State Cde, Year Built, and Zip Cde. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_ClmSearchLkupService. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Class Cde Key/Display/Output The class cde. Class Cde r Descriptin Filter The class cde r descriptin.

224 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 218 Class Limit Key/Display/Output The class limit. CLM Sectin Filter The abbreviated cde fr the manual sectin. CPP PMA Cde Key/Display/Output The CPP PMA cde. CPP PMA Wrding Key/Display/Output The CPP PMA wrding. CRT Grup Key/Display/Output The CRT grup. Effective Date Filter The effective date f the assciated plicy. Full Descriptin Key/Display/Output The full descriptin f the class cde. Internal Cmpany Id Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin. Key Key/Display/Output A unique identifier key generated fr each result. Legal Descriptin Key/Display/Output The legal descriptin f the class cde. MBp Rate Key/Display/Output The MBp rate. Prgram Cde Filter The prgram cde. Rate Grup Key/Display/Output The rate grup. Search Key Key/Display/Output Prduces a unique search key value that can be used with the Cmmercial Lines Manual - Ft Nte Lkup web service t retrieve any ftnte details related t the class cde. State Cde Filter The tw-character State Cde. Cuntry Wide Indicatr Lkup

225 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 219 The Cuntry Wide Indicatr Lkup web service is used t determine data capture requirements, validatin infrmatin, and rating rules fr a given class cde. Ntes: An Insurity security tken is required t use this service. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr infrmatin n btaining ne. This service requires the fllwing filters t be included in the request: Custmer Id, State Cde, Rate Effective Date, Transactin Effective Date, Transactin Type Cde, Class Cde. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_CuntryWideIndicatrLkupService. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Audit Indicatr Key/Display/Output The audit indicatr. Class Cde Filter The class cde. Cmbined Minimum Premium Indicatr Key/Display/Output The cmbined minimum premium indicatr. Cmpany Unique Class Indicatr Key/Display/Output The cmpany unique class indicatr. Custmer Id Filter The custmer ID. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 1 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 1. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 2 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 2.

226 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 220 Frm Cnditins Indicatr 3 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 3. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 4 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 4. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 5 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 5. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 6 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 6. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 7 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 7. Frm Cnditins Indicatr 8 Key/Display/Output The frm cnditins indicatr 8. Internal Cmpany Cde Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin. LOB Indicatr Key/Display/Output The line f business indicatr. New Increase Limit Table Assignments Fr Prem Ops New Increase Limit Table Assignments Fr Prducts Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output The new increase limit table assignments fr prem ps indicatr. The new increase limit table assignments fr prducts indicatr. New Reasn Cde Key/Display/Output The new reasn cde. Old Prem/Ops Transitin Expsure Basis Old Prds/Cmp Ops Transitin Expsure Basis Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output The ld prem/ps transitin expsure basis. The ld prds/cmp ps transitin expsure basis. Package Md Assignment Key/Display/Output The package md assignment. Premises ILF Table Indicatr 1 Key/Display/Output The premises ILF table indicatr 1.

227 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 221 Premises Rate Indicatr Key/Display/Output The premises rate indicatr. Premises Terrrism Indicatr Key/Display/Output The premises terrrism indicatr. Premium Basis Key/Display/Output The premium basis. Premium Basis Descriptin Key/Display/Output The premium basis descriptin. Prducts ILF Table Indicatr 1 Key/Display/Output The prducts ILF table indicatr 1. Prducts Rate Indicatr Key/Display/Output The prducts rate indicatr. Prducts/Cmpleted Operatins Included Prducts/Cmpleted Ops Terrrism Indicatr Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output The prducts/cmpleted peratins included indicatr. The prducts/cmpleted ps terrrism indicatr. Rate Effective Date Filter The rate effective date. Rating Basis Key/Display/Output The rating basis. Revised Premises Rate Indicatr Key/Display/Output The revised premises rate indicatr. Revised Prducts Rate Indicatr Key/Display/Output The revised prducts rate indicatr Revised Prducts/Cmpleted Operatins Included Key/Display/Output The revised prducts/cmpleted peratins included indicatr. State Cde Filter The state cde. Stre Keepers Minimum Premium Indicatr Key/Display/Output The stre keepers minimum premium indicatr.

228 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 222 Transactin Effective Date Filter The transactin effective date. Transactin Indicatr Key/Display/Output The transactin indicatr. Transactin Type Cde Filter The transactin type cde. Transitin Indicatr Key/Display/Output The transitin indicatr. Lss Cst Lkup The Lss Cst Lkup service is used t retrieve ISO Lss Cst data fr cntrls within the wrkflw. The service is designed fr use with tw lines f business: General Liability and Autmbile. If lss cst data is needed fr bth lines f business, then tw Data Surce Cnfiguratins shuld be cnfigured: ne fr General Liability and anther ne fr Autmbile. Ntes: Fr the General Liability line f business, the fllwing filters are required. LOB Cde, Custmer ID, State Cde, Effective Date, Rate Effective Date, Transactin Type Cde, Territry, Class Cde, Number f Trains, and Rail Operatins. Fr the Autmbile line f business, the fllwing filters are required. LOB Cde, Custmer ID, State Cde, Effective Date, Rate Effective Date, Transactin Type Cde, Vehicle TypeCde, Territry, Near Zne Cde, and Far Zne Cde. T use the service fr General Liability, specify GL in the LOB Cde f the request. T use the service fr Autmbile, specify AU in the LOB Cde f the request. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is Insurity_Lkups_LssCstLkupService.

229 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 223 The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. During cnfiguratin, all clumns fr bth General Liability and Autmbile will be available fr selectin. It is imprtant t nly use the clumns intended fr use with the line f business specified in the LOB Cde f the request. The Descriptin clumn f the table belw als specifies the line f business intended fr use with each available web service clumn. (GL) indicates that the clumn is intended fr use with General Liability. (AU) indicates that the clumn is intended fr use with Autmbile. (GL & AU) indicates that the clumn is intended fr use with bth General Liability and Autmbile. The Primary Display Clumn shuld use a web service clumn intended fr use with the line f business specified in the LOB Cde f the request. If the line f business des nt match, an errr will ccur. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Class Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The request class cde (GL). Custmer ID Filter The custmer ID (GL & AU). Effective Date Filter The plicy effective date (GL & AU). Far Zne Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The far zne cde (AU). Internal Cmpany ID Filter An internal identificatin cde. Cntact yur Insurity representative fr this infrmatin (GL & AU). Liability Lss Cst A Key/Display/Output The liability lss cst A (AU). Liability Lss Cst B Key/Display/Output The liability lss cst B (AU). Liability Lss Cst C Key/Display/Output The liability lss cst C (AU).

230 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 224 LOB Cde Filter The Line f Business cde. Use AU fr Autmbile. Use GL fr General Liability. Near Zne Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The near zne cde (AU). Number Of Trains Key/Filter/Display/Output The number f trains (GL). Physical Damage Cllisin - Lss Cst Physical Damage Cmprehensive - Lss Cst Physical Damage Specified Cause Of Lss - Lss Cst Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output Key/Display/Output The physical damage cllisin - lss cst (AU). The physical damage cmprehensive - lss cst (AU). The physical damage specified cause f lss - lss cst (AU). Premises Lss Cst Key/Display/Output The premises lss cst (GL). Prducts Lss Cst Key/Display/Output The prducts lss cst (GL). Rail Operatins Key/Filter/Display/Output The rail peratins (GL). Rate Effective Date Filter The rate effective date (GL & AU). State Cde Filter The tw-character state cde (GL & AU). Territry Key/Filter/Display/Output The territry cde (GL & AU). Transactin Type Cde Filter The transactin type cde (GL & AU). Vehicle Type Cde Key/Filter/Display/Output The vehicle type cde (AU). Zne Cllisin Lss Cst Key/Display/Output The zne cllisin lss cst (AU).

231 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 225 Zne Cmprehensive Lss Cst Key/Display/Output The zne cmprehensive lss cst (AU). Zne Liability Lss Cst Key/Display/Output The zne liability lss cst (AU). Distributr Lkup The Distributr Lkup web service is used t search fr distributrs. The Web Service ptin list cde fr this service is DistributrLkupService. The fllwing clumns are available. The Availability clumn defines whether each clumn is available as a Key clumn, Filter, Display clumn (including Primary Display Clumn), r Output clumn. Clumn Name Availability Descriptin Address Key/Display/Output The address f the distributr. City Key/Display/Output The City f the distributr. Cde Key/Display/Output The Cde f the distributr. Cuntry Key/Display/Output The Cuntry f the distributr. Distributr Cde Key/Display/Output The Distributr Cde f the distributr. Distributr Cntact Key/Display/Output The f the distributr Primary Cntact. Distributr Cntact Emplyee Number Key/Display/Output The Emplyee Number f the distributr Primary Cntact. Distributr Cntact First Name Key/Display/Output The First Name f the distributr Primary Cntact.

232 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 226 Distributr Cntact Last Name Key/Display/Output The Last Name f the distributr Primary Cntact. Distributr Cntact Phne Key/Display/Output The Phne number f the distributr Primary Cntact. Distributr Reference Cde Key/Display/Output The Distributr Reference Cde f the distributr. Fax Key/Display/Output The Fax number f the distributr. Name Key/Display/Output The Name f the distributr. Phne Key/Display/Output The Phne number f the distributr. State/Prvince Key/Display/Output The State/Prvince f the distributr. Website Key/Display/Output The Website f the distributr. Zip/Pstal Cde Key/Display/Output The Zip/Pstal Cde f the distributr.

233 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 227 Managing Optin Lists Certain types f fields in the wrkflw prvide multiple ptins. A list f ptins is created and can then be selected during the creatin f the field. Other ptin lists are used t define available chices within the system, and can be attached t master cvers. Nte: These instructins are fr the Optin Lists management sectin within the Wrkflw Cntainers. Fr details n the legacy versin f the feature, please refer t the dcumentatin fr versin r earlier. Creating a New Optin List 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, pen the Lkups grup and select Optin Lists. The Optin Lists page pens with a list f all available ptin lists within the current cntainer and any shared cntainers. Sme clumns have been hidden. Tip: By default, nly Active lists are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all lists.

234 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 228 If there are a large number f available ptin lists, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate lists. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing ptin list. Click Create t add a new ptin list. Check the bxes fr ne r mre ptin lists and click Deactivate t disable the selected lists. An ptin list can als be deactivated frm the Optin List Management page. Inactive lists will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Nte: The ptin list with DataSurcesWebServicesOptinList as its Cde shuld nt be deactivated. Deactivating this ptin list will cause data surce cnfiguratins that use web services t stp wrking. 4. On viewing r creating an ptin list, the Optin List Management page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Enter the name f the list. This is the cnfiguratin name, used t select this list when assigning

235 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 229 it t a field. This name des nt appear n the frm itself. Cde Descriptin Crrelated This is an internal reference cde which is generated by the system when the ptin list is saved. A descriptin can be prvided fr the ptin list. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Optin Lists list. Crrelated fields cause the selectin f any ptin in the parent field t define the available ptins in the child field. Check the Crrelated checkbx if this field is used as the parent r child. This ptin is nly available fr certain types f list. Select the apprpriate ptins in the Data Surce Prperties panel befre defining a crrelatin. Parent Field If this field is t be a child field in a crrelated pairing, select the parent field frm this list. Type Select the surce f the list infrmatin. Static All items in the list need t be added in the Optin List Items grid. Existing Resurce The list is selected frm an internal data table, and can be custmized in the Optin List Items grid. Resurce Type Select the specific type f data t be included in the list. Custm Available when Static is selected as the Type. This ptin shuld be selected fr general-use lists. Lists f this type can be crrelated and can have reginal lan-

236 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 230 guage settings. Attachment Type Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available fr attachment types under that master cver. Cancellatin Reasn Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available fr cancellatin reasns under that master cver. A default cancellatin reasn ptin list is available fr use under the OWPlicyCmmn Standard Cntainer. Nte Type Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available fr nte types under that master cver. Limit Type Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available fr limit types under that master cver. Deductible Type Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available fr deductible types under that master cver. Lst Qute Reasn Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available when marking a qute as Lst. Reinstatement Reasn Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available when reinstating a cancelled plicy. Vid Reasn Available when Static is selected as the Type. When attached t a master cver, this list defines the chices available when viding a transactin. Web Service Available when Static is selected as the Type. This resurce is used with data surce cnfiguratins, and defines which web services are available in the Data

237 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 231 Surce field. Nte: Only ne ptin list f type Web Service can be used per wrkflw cntainer. When creating a custm list f this type, the Cde f each item must precisely match the internal cde f the assciated web service. Fr a list f web services and their ptin list cdes, see the Web Service List fr Data Surces sectin. Custm web services can als be added t the list. Please cntact yur Insurity representative t request a custm web service, and they will prvide yu with the necessary cde. When selecting the web service fr a Data Surce cnfiguratin, the system uses a fallback rder t determine which Web Service ptin list shuld be used. 1. First, the system checks the wrkflw cntainer assciated t the Master Cver. 2. If n ptin list is fund, the system searches acrss any assciated Shared Cntainers. It will use the first Web Service ptin list it lcates. 3. If n ptin list is fund within the Shared Cntainers, the system uses the default Web Service ptin list, DataSurcesWebServicesOptinList, available in the Standard Cntainers. Cuntry Available when Existing Resurce is selected as the Type. This ppulates the list with all cuntries registered in the system. The final list can be custmized in the Optin List Items sectin. The cuntries listed fllw ISO standards. If necessary, it is pssible t add ne r mre cuntries t this list. Fr infrmatin, please cntact yur Insurity rep-

238 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 232 resentative. State Available when Existing Resurce is selected as the Type. This ppulates the list with all states and prvinces registered in the system. The final list can be custmized in the Optin List Items sectin. Lists f this type can be crrelated. The states listed fllw ISO standards. If necessary, it is pssible t add ne r mre states t this list. Fr infrmatin, please cntact yur Insurity representative. Nte: States fllwed by an (Inactive) message remain available fr use, hwever the majrity f these have been updated by a separate entry. Currency Available when Existing Resurce is selected as the Type. This ppulates the list with all currencies registered in the system. The final list can be custmized in the Optin List Items sectin. Lists f this type can be crrelated. This versin f the Optin List Items panel is used when Static is selected as the field Type. Each item t be included in the list must be entered individually. a. Click in the field marked Please click here t add new rw. b. Enter the Label f the list item. This is the text that appears in the list in the wrkflw.

239 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 233 c. Enter a Cde fr the list item. This can be used t identify the list item fr filters and cnditins. Spaces and special characters are nt permitted, and will be remved frm the cde when the ptin list is saved. If n cde is prvided, it will be generated by the system when the ptin list is saved. d. Enter a Sequence number. This determines the item's psitin in the list, with lwer numbers appearing first. Tip: It is advisable t leave gaps between the sequence numbers, such as 5, 10, 15. This allws new items t be added t the list at a later date, inserted between existing items. Otherwise, the sequence numbers f existing items must be changed t allw fr the new additin. e. If the list is crrelated, the Parent Optin clumn is included. Fr each item in the list, select an assciated ptin frm the chsen Parent Field. f. Click utside the rw t add the item t the list. The rw is marked with an added icn. g. Repeat the previus steps t add additinal list items. T edit a list item, duble-click in any field within the grid. On clicking utside f the rw, the rw is marked with a mdified icn. T delete a list item frm the list, right-click n the item and select Delete. The rw is marked with deleted icn. Until the page is saved, all additins, edits, and deletins are temprary. T accept the marked changes, right-click in the grid and select Accept All Changes. T und the marked changes, right-click in the grid and select Und All Changes. Nte that these ptins d nt save the page. When the page is saved, all marked changes are autmatically accepted and saved.

240 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 234 Use cautin when deleting list items r changing the Cde. If the item has been used within the system, deleting it r changing the cde culd affect calculatins and ther resurces. Nte: Fr ptin lists with Web Service as the Resurce Type, the Cde f the list items shuld nt be changed. Ding s can cause data surce cnfiguratins t stp wrking. This versin f the Optin List Items panel is used when Existing Resurce is selected as the field Type. Depending n the chsen Resurce Type, ne r mre items may be available in the list. Select which items are Included r Excluded. The Status panel becmes available nce the current ptin list has been saved. Active Marks the ptin list as active and available fr use. Inactive lists will still be functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins.

241 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 235 Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the ptin list was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the ptin list was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Add r Save t save the ptin list but remain n the page. Click Add & Clse r Save & Clse t save the ptin list and return t the Optin Lists list. Click Clse t return t the Optin Lists list withut saving the list.

242 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 236 Managing Versins Versins allw a series f changes t be applied t the wrkflw cntainer as f a certain date. These changes will remain in effect until the next versin date arrives, at which pint the settings fr that versin will be applied. Each versin can intrduce verrides fr features such as frmulas, data tables, and behavir settings fr fields. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. In the Wrkflw Cntainer Menu widget, select Versins. The Wrkflw Cntainer Versins page pens with a list f all versins f the current cntainer. If there are a large number f versins, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate versins. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing versin. Click Add t add a new versin.

243 Wrkflw Cntainers Page On viewing r creating a versin, the Wrkflw Cntainer Versin page pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Descriptin Effective Date Frmula Overrides Data Table Overrides Behavir Overrides Enter the name f the versin. This is the cnfiguratin name, and des nt appear in the wrkflw itself. A descriptin can be prvided fr the versin. This infrmatin is nly displayed here and in the Wrkflw Cntainer Versins list. Enter a date fr when this versin cmes int effect. The date can be entered manually r selected frm the calendar lkup. This link is available nce the versin has been saved. Click this link t pen the Frmula Overrides list fr the current versin. See the Managing Frmula Overrides sectin fr details. This link is available nce the versin has been saved. Click this link t pen the Data Tables page t manage verrides fr the current versin. See the Managing Data Table Overrides sectin fr details. This link is available nce the versin has been saved. Click this link t pen the Behavir

244 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 238 Overrides page t manage verrides fr the current versin. See the Managing Behavir Overrides sectin fr details. 6. Select an actin. Click Save t save the versin but remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the versin and return t the versins list. Click Clse t return t the versins list withut saving the versin. Managing Frmula Overrides Frmula verrides allw a new frmula t be substituted int a calculated field withut altering the cre field itself. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. Open the apprpriate Cntainer Versin. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer versin, see the sectin n Managing Versins. 3. Click the Frmula Overrides link. The Frmula Overrides page pens with a list f all verrides cnfigured fr the current versin.

245 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 239 Sme clumns have been hidden. If there are a large number f verrides, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate verrides. 4. Select an actin. Click a link in the Field clumn t navigate t the Field Management page, where the frmula can be edited directly within the Calculated Field Frmula field. Frm this page it is pssible t publish the single field frmula, making it quickly available fr testing r t be used immediately withut publishing the rest f the wrkflw. Fr additinal infrmatin, see the Publishing a Calculated Field's Frmula sectin. Click a link in the Frmula clumn t view r mdify an existing verride. Prceed t step 7 belw. Click Add t add a new verride. Check the bxes fr ne r mre verrides and click Delete t remve the selected verrides frm the versin. Click Clse t return t the Wrkflw Cntainer Versin page. 5. On creating an verride, the Available Frmulas windw pens.

246 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 240 The Available Frmulas panel lists the available calculated fields in the wrkflw cntainer, nt including thse that already have verrides in the current versin. 6. Click a link in the Frmula clumn t create an verride fr that field, r click Clse t clse the windw. 7. On clicking a link in the Frmula clumn, the Frmula windw pens. Original Frmula This field displays the riginal frmula frm the field. This is the frmula frm the cre wrkflw cntainer, and des nt reflect any ther versin verrides that may be in effect. T view a large frmula, click the Full Screen icn. Override Frmula Enter the new frmula. T edit a large frmula, click the Full Screen icn. 8. Select an actin.

247 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 241 Click Save t save the verride but remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the verride and clse the windw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the verride. Managing Data Table Overrides Data table verrides allws new data table instances t be substituted int a data table withut altering the cre settings f the table itself. 1. Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. Open the apprpriate Cntainer Versin. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer versin, see the sectin n Managing Versins. 3. Click the Data Table Overrides link. The Data Tables page pens with a list f all data tables in the current wrkflw cntainer. Sme clumns have been hidden.

248 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 242 If there are a large number f data tables, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate tables. 4. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t manage the verrides fr that table. Click Clse t return t the Wrkflw Cntainer Versin page. 5. On pening a table, the Data Table Management page pens. Additinal infrmatin n the data table is included in the page header. 6. The panels and fields are described belw. Name Cde Displays the name f the table. Displays the internal reference cde. Key Clumns Srting Clumn Displays the selected key clumns. Displays the selected srting clumn.

249 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 243 The Clumns grid displays all clumns included in the table, and the sequence as they appear in the surce file. Sme clumns have been hidden. The Data Table Instances panel lists all instances included in this versin f the data table, and is used t manage the instances. See the next step fr instructins. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the data table was created, and the user wh created it. This is the infrmatin frm the riginal data table, and nt the verride versin. Identifies the last date and time the data table was changed, and the user wh made the changes. This des nt include changes t data table instances r versin verrides. 7. The Data Table Instances panel is used t add and manage the table data that will be available when this versin f the cntainer is in effect.

250 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 244 Sme clumns have been hidden. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Data Table Instance Name clumn t view an existing instance. Click a link in the File Name clumn t view the riginal upladed Excel file. Click a link in the Dwnlad clumn t dwnlad the data frm that instance int a new Excel file. Click Add t add a new instance. Check the bxes fr ne r mre instances and click Delete t remve the selected instances and all assciated data. b. On viewing r creating an instance, the Dmain / Rate Table Management windw pens.

251 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 245 c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Data Table Name Cde Culture Effective Date Displays the name f the current data table. This field cannt be mdified. Enter the name f the data table instance. This is an internal reference cde that must be unique. A cde can be entered manually, r leave the field blank t have the system generate a cde n saving. An instance can be assciated t a language, including a reginal dialect. If n selectin has been made, the data will nt be culture-specific. When the data table is accessed, the system will use the apprpriate instance fr the brwser s language settings. A date can be specified fr when this instance cmes int effect. The date can be entered manually r selected frm the calendar lkup. When the data table is accessed, the system will use the mst recently upladed table that crrespnds t a specific date.

252 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 246 Dates can be defined utside f the perid fr the current versin, but will have n effect utside f the versin perid. If the effective date f the verride instance is befre the effective date f the versin, the verride instance will nly take effect when the versin becmes effective. If anther versin cmes int effect befre an verride instance takes effect, then that verride will nt be applied. If multiple versins begin n the same date and all ther criteria match, the mst recently created versin will be used. Imprted File Name Select File t Imprt Once a file has been upladed, this field will display the file name. Click the buttn in the field t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate file, and the file name and path appear in the field. Nte: Culture and Effective Date are used t define which instance will be used when the data table is accessed. Instances are nly valid n r after their effective date, and nly within the effective perid f the versin. The system will identify all instances valid n the specified date. Of the valid tables, the system will then check Culture settings fr an exact match n bth language and regin. If n match is fund, the system will then check fr a match n just language. If n match n language alne is fund, the system will then check fr instances where n Culture is selected. If multiple instances are valid n bth Effective Date and Culture, the system will use the ne mst recently upladed. If n valid instances are fund, the system will nt return any result.

253 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 247 The clumns and clumn labels in the upladed file must match the sample file upladed t the selected Data Table. If nt, the file uplad will be rejected and an errr will be displayed. The Status panel becmes available nce the current data table instance has been saved. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the instance was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the instance was changed, and the user wh made the changes. d. Select an actin. Click Save t save the instance and keep the windw pen. When saving, any file chsen t be upladed will be autmatically imprted. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the instance. 8. In the Data Table Management page, click Clse t return t the Data Tables list. Managing Behavir Overrides Behavir verrides allw new behavir rules t be applied t a field withut altering the cre field cnfiguratin.

254 Wrkflw Cntainers Page Open the apprpriate Wrkflw Cntainer. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer, see the sectin n Managing Wrkflw Cntainers. 2. Open the apprpriate Cntainer Versin. Fr instructins n finding and pening a cntainer versin, see the sectin n Managing Versins. 3. Click the Behavir Overrides link. The Behavir Overrides page pens with a list f all verrides cnfigured fr the current versin. Sme clumns have been hidden. If there are a large number f verrides, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate verrides. 4. Select an actin. Click a link in the Field clumn t view an existing verride. Click Add t add a new verride. Check the bxes fr ne r mre verrides and click Delete t remve the selected verrides frm the versin. Click Clse t return t the Wrkflw Cntainer Versin page. 5. On viewing r creating an verride, the Field Behavir Override page pens.

255 Wrkflw Cntainers Page The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Select the panel r grid cntaining the field fr the verride. The rest f the cnfiguratin ptins will be displayed. Nte that the panel r grid cannt be changed nce selected. T chse a different panel r grid, Clse the verride and Add a new ne. Select the fields where the rule applies. If any fields are added t the panel that shuld be included in an existing rule, the rule must be edited t select the new fields. Select hw the field shuld behave under the defined circumstances. Fr each ptin select Yes t apply the behavir r N t nt apply it. Required The field must be cmpleted befre the user can save the screen.

256 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 250 Hidden Read-Only The field is nt shwn in the frm. The field can be viewed, but cannt be edited. The Trigger field is used t assign a trigger t the rule. The rule is nly applied if the trigger evaluates as true. Nte: Use cautin when creating verride rules fr fields that are used in triggers. It can create circumstances where users activate changes in a frm and are unable t und the changes. When a user makes changes in a screen that activates an verride rule, it des nt ccur immediately. The rule is applied when any actin is taken that saves and refreshes the screen. If a field is changed t hidden by an verride rule, it retains its current value. Select the types f transactin where the rule applies. New Business Endrsement Adjustment Declaratin The riginal versin f a transactin r plicy. A mdificatin t a bund plicy. An adjustment t a bund plicy. A peridical mdificatin t a bund plicy.

257 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 251 Renewal Cancellatin Reinstatement A renewal fr an expired plicy. A cancelled plicy. A plicy that was reinstated after being cancelled. Select the transactin r plicy statuses where the rule applies. Incmplete Underwriting Required Quted Referred Bund Rescinded Declined A transactin that has nt yet had a qute calculated. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and must either be crrected r submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A transactin that has been quted and is ready t be bund. A transactin that des nt meet the requirements f the master cver and has been submitted t the insurance representatives fr review. A plicy that has been bund. A cancellatin transactin that has been rescinded. A transactin that went int qute request r referral, but has been declined.

258 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 252 Lst A quted transactin that has been marked as lst business. Select the types f user where the rule applies. The user viewing the screen must have ne r mre f the selected security rles in rder fr the rule t be applied. Nte: At least ne ptin must be selected in each categry. Fr a rule t apply t all ptins in a categry, all ptins must be selected. 7. Select an actin. When creating a new verride, click Save & New t save the verride and clear the frm t add additinal verrides. When viewing an existing verride, click Save t save the verride and remain n the page. Click Save & Clse t save the verride and return t the verrides list. Click Clse t return t the verrides list withut saving the verride. Standard Cntainers

259 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 253 The Bridge Specialty Suite includes a set f standard wrkflw cntainers which prvide precnfigured wrkflw cmpnents. This includes entire screens designed fr specific purpses, but the panels, grids, fields, and lkups can be used individually t create custm cmpnents. These standard cntainers are autmatically shared t any custm wrkflw cntainers f the apprpriate type. Cntainers that are nt autmatically shared can be manually added t the Shared Cntainers list. Nte: The cmpnents frm these standard cntainers can be used in custm cnfiguratins, including adding behavir verride rules r similar settings, but the riginal settings in the standard cntainer shuld nt be changed. OWClient Standard Cntainer The OWClient cntainer includes a prebuilt screen with panels, fields, and a lkup t select and manage the client infrmatin in a transactin. This cntainer has Client as the Functinal Area, and is autmatically shared t any custm cntainers with the Functinal Area set t Client, Plicy, r Claims. Nte: The terms "Client", "Assured", and "Insured" are used interchangeably in these cnfiguratins. This cntainer includes the fllwing cmpnents. Please see the individual cnfiguratins fr details. Wrkflw

260 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 254 Name: Standard Client Screen Wrkflw Cde: OWClient Ntes: This wrkflw is a placehlder, and is nt intended fr use within a prduct. Screens Name: OWClientScreen Cde: OWClientScreen Label: Client Infrmatin Ntes: This screen includes all f the cmpnents t manage client infrmatin, including a lkup field t search fr existing client infrmatin. The screen is cnfigured with respnsive display settings t display the apprpriate Cntact Infrmatin panels fr client cmpanies r individual clients, as selected in the InsuredType field. Panels, Grids, and Fields - OWClientScreen Panel Name: AssuredSearch Cde: AssuredSearch Label: Assured Search Ntes: This panel includes a cmb bx field t lkup client infrmatin. There are als tw hidden fields that pull prduct settings in rder t filter the infrmatin in the client lkup. Fields:

261 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 255 Name: MasterCverAssuredType Cde: MasterCverAssuredType Label: Ntes: This field cntains the allwed client types defined in the master cver. Nte that this field has a direct link t the necessary data, and shuld nt be used fr any ther purpse. This field is hidden. This field is used t filter the results in the Assured Search field. Name: MasterCverCuntryOptinListCde Cde: MasterCverCuntryOptinListCde Label: MasterCverCuntryOptinListCde Ntes: This field cntains the allwed client cuntries defined in the master cver. Nte that this field has a direct link t the necessary data, and shuld nt be used fr any ther purpse. This field is hidden. This field is used t filter the results in the Assured Search field. Name: Assured Search Cde: AssuredSearchCmbBx Label: Assured Search Ntes: This is a cmb bx field used t search fr client infrmatin. This field uses the Assured Lkup data surce.

262 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 256 Panel Name: General Infrmatin Cde: AssuredMainInf Label: General Infrmatin Ntes: This panel includes fields fr the cre client infrmatin, such as the client type and client name, as well as hidden fields fr internal infrmatin such as client ID cdes. The panel is cnfigured with respnsive display settings t display the apprpriate fields fr client cmpanies r individual clients, as selected in the InsuredType field. Fields: Name: InsuredType Cde: InsuredType Label: Client Type Ntes: This field is used t select whether the client is a client cmpany r individual client. The selectin respnsively disclses multiple panels and fields in the screen. This is a radi buttn field that uses the InsuredTypeOptinList ptin list. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field. Name: InsuredCmpanyName Cde: InsuredCmpanyName Label: Cmpany Name Ntes: This field cntains the client's cmpany name. This field is required. This field is respnsively disclsed when Cmpany is selected fr the InsuredType field. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredCde Cde: InsuredCde Label: Cde

263 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 257 Ntes: Fr client cmpanies, this field cntains the client's cde. Fr individual clients, this field cntains the client's address, if ne was prvided. This field is respnsively disclsed when Cmpany is selected fr the InsuredType field. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredIndividualFirstName Cde: InsuredIndividualFirstName Label: First Name Ntes: This field cntains the individual client's first name. This field is required. This field is respnsively disclsed when Individual is selected fr the InsuredType field. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredIndividualLastName Cde: InsuredIndividualLastName Label: Last Name Ntes: This field cntains the individual client's last name. This field is required. This field is respnsively disclsed when Individual is selected fr the InsuredType field. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredCntactFirstName Cde: InsuredCntactFirstName Label: First Name Ntes: This is a calculated field that cntains the first name f the individual client when Individual is selected fr the InsuredType field, r cntains the first name f the primary cntact in all ther cases. This field is hidden. Name: InsuredCntactLastName Cde: InsuredCntactLastName

264 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 258 Label: Last Name Ntes: This is a calculated field that cntains the last name f the individual client when Individual is selected fr the InsuredType field, r cntains the last name f the primary cntact in all ther cases. This field is hidden. Name: Insured Cde: Insured Label: Ntes: This is a calculated field that cntains the address f the individual client when Individual is selected fr the InsuredType field, r cntains the address f the primary cntact in all ther cases. This field is hidden. Name: InsuredCmpanyId Cde: InsuredCmpanyId Label: InsuredCmpanyId Ntes: This field cntains the client's cmpany ID. This field is hidden. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field. Name: AssuredUserId Cde: AssuredUserId Label: AssuredUserId Ntes: This field cntains the client's user ID. This field is hidden. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field.

265 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 259 Panel Name: Address Cde: AssuredAddress Label: Address Ntes: This panel includes fields fr the client address, including street address, city, state, cuntry, and pstal/zip cde. Fields: Name: InsuredAddress Cde: InsuredAddress Label: Address Ntes: This field cntains the client's street address. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredCity Cde: InsuredCity Label: City Ntes: This field cntains the client's city. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredCuntry Cde: InsuredCuntry

266 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 260 Label: Cuntry Ntes: This field cntains the client's cuntry. This is a drp dwn field that uses the InsuredCuntryDataSurce ptin list. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the selectin can be mdified. Name: InsuredState Cde: InsuredState Label: State/Prvince Ntes: This field cntains the client's state r prvince. This is a drp dwn field that uses the InsuredStateDataSurce ptin list, and is crrelated t the selectin in the InsuredCuntry field. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the selectin can be mdified. Name: InsuredZip Cde: InsuredZip Label: Zip/Pstal Cde Ntes: This field cntains the client's zip cde r pstal cde. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Panel Name: AssuredCntactInfPhne Cde: AssuredCntactInfPhne Label: Cntact Infrmatin Ntes: This panel has a field fr the cntact phne number. Fields:

267 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 261 Name: InsuredPhne Cde: InsuredPhne Label: Phne Ntes: This field cntains the client's phne number. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Panel Name: Cntact Infrmatin Cde: AssuredCntactInfCmpany Label: Ntes: This panel cllects infrmatin fr client cmpanies, with fields fr a website address and fax number. This panel is respnsively displayed when Cmpany is selected in the InsuredType field. This panel des nt have a label, which will hide the header and cause it t appear as part f the AssuredCntactInfPhne panel. Fields: Name: InsuredFax Cde: InsuredFax Label: Fax Ntes: This field cntains the client's fax number. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredWebsite Cde: InsuredWebsite Label: Website

268 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 262 Ntes: This field cntains the client's web site address. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Panel Name: Cntact Infrmatin Cde: AssuredCntactInfIndividual Label: Ntes: This panel cllects the infrmatin fr individual clients. This panel is respnsively displayed when Individual is selected in the InsuredType field. This panel des nt have a label, which will hide the header and cause it t appear as part f the AssuredCntactInfPhne panel. Fields: Name: InsuredIndividual Cde: InsuredIndividual Label: Ntes: This field cntains the individual client's address. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified.

269 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 263 Panel Name: Primary Cntact Cde: AssuredCmpanyEmplyeeCntactInf Label: Primary Cntact Ntes: This panel includes fields fr the primary cntact infrmatin, such as name, emplyee number, address, and phne number. This panel is respnsively displayed when Cmpany is selected in the InsuredType field. Fields: Name: InsuredPrimaryCntactFirstName Cde: InsuredPrimaryCntactFirstName Label: First Name Ntes: This field cntains the first name f the primary cntact. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredPrimaryCntactLastName Cde: InsuredPrimaryCntactLastName Label: Last Name Ntes: This field cntains the last name f the primary cntact. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredPrimaryCntact Cde: InsuredPrimaryCntact Label: Ntes: This field cntains the address f the primary cntact. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredCntactPhne Cde: InsuredCntactPhne Label: Phne

270 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 264 Ntes: This field cntains the phne number f the primary cntact. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Name: InsuredCntactEmplyeeNumber Cde: InsuredCntactEmplyeeNumber Label: Emplyee Number Ntes: This field cntains the emplyee number f the primary cntact. This field is ppulated by the results f the Assured Search field, but the cntents can be mdified. Data Surces Name: Assured Lkup Cde: AssuredLkupDS Ntes: This data surce is used fr the Assured Search field, and uses the Assured Lkup web service t search fr and select client infrmatin. The lkup is filtered by the MasterCverAssuredType and MasterCverCuntryOptinListCde fields, and utputs data frm the selected client t many fields in the screen. Optin Lists Name: InsuredCuntryDataSurce Cde: InsuredCuntryDataSurce Ntes: This is the list f cuntries used in the InsuredCuntry field. Name: InsuredStateDataSurce Cde: InsuredStateDataSurce Ntes: This is the list f states and prvinces used in the InsuredState field. This list is crrelated t the InsuredCuntryDataSurce ptin list. Name: InsuredTypeOptinList

271 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 265 Cde: InsuredTypeOptinList Ntes: This is the list f client types used in the InsuredType field. OWCmmn Standard Cntainer The OWCmmn cntainer is a repsitry fr cntent and cnfiguratins meant t be shared thrughut the system. This cntainer has Cmmn as the Functinal Area, and is autmatically shared t any custm cntainers with the Functinal Area set t Cmmn, Client, Plicy, r Claims. This cntainer includes the fllwing cmpnents. Please see the individual cnfiguratins fr details. Wrkflw Name: Oceanwide Standard Cmmn Cntainer Cde: OWCmmn Ntes: This wrkflw is a placehlder, and is nt intended fr use within a prduct. Standalne Field The fllwing system field is nt cnfigured within a panel r screen by default, but can be cnfigured within a wrkflw t display live system data. Name: User Rles Cde: UserRle Label: User Rles

272 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 266 Ntes: This field cntains a pipe-separated list f Security Rles assigned t the current user. This field is read nly and hidden. Data Tables Name: Daily Rates Cde: Daily_Rates Ntes: This data table cntains daily currency cnversin rate data. Optin Lists Name: DataSurces WebServices OptinList Cde: DataSurcesWebServicesOptinList Ntes: This list identifies the web services that shuld be available fr use when cnfiguring data surces. OWPlicyCmmn Standard Cntainer The OWPlicyCmmn cntainer includes prebuilt screens fr managing infrmatin related t billing, distributrs, and insurers. This cntainer has Plicy as the Functinal Area, and is autmatically shared t any custm cntainers with the Functinal Area set t Plicy r Claims. This cntainer includes the fllwing cmpnents. Please see the individual cnfiguratins fr details. Wrkflw

273 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 267 Name: OwPlicyCmmn Cde: OwPlicyCmmn Ntes: This wrkflw is a placehlder, and is nt intended fr use within a prduct. Screens Name: OwBillingInfScreen Cde: OwBillingInfScreen Label: Billing Infrmatin Screen Ntes: This screen includes all f the cmpnents t manage billing infrmatin, including bill t party details, settings, installment infrmatin, and additinal parties. See the Panels and Fields sectin belw fr details. Name: OwPlicyDistributrScreen Cde: OwPlicyDistributrScreen Label: OwPlicyDistributrScreen Ntes: This screen includes all f the cmpnents t manage distributr infrmatin, including details n the primary distributr, additinal distributrs, and cmmissin infrmatin. See the Panels and Fields sectin belw fr details. Name: OwPlicyInsurerScreen Cde: OwPlicyInsurerScreen Label: OwPlicyInsurerScreen Ntes: This screen includes all f the cmpnents t manage insurer infrmatin, including details n the primary insurer, additinal insurers, and premium infrmatin. See the Panels and Fields sectin belw fr details. Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwBillingInfScreen

274 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 268 Panel Name: Billing Infrmatin Cde: BillingInfrmatin Label: Billing Infrmatin Ntes: This panel includes plicy term payment infrmatin. Fields: Name: Ttal Payment Amunt Cde: BillingTtalTransactinPaymentAmunt Label: Ttal Payment Amunt Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the ttal payment amunt cllected thrugh Receipt Detail Allcatin amunts and On Accunt Balance receipts assciated t the plicy transactin. Only receipts in Psted status are included. This field is autmatically indexed.

275 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 269 Nte: If a receipt applies t an invice that is assciated t mre than ne plicy transactin, the full balance f the invice must be paid befre the receipt amunt is included in the calculatin fr this field. Name: Plicy Term Overdue Amunt Cde: BillingPlicyTermOverdueAmunt Label: Plicy Term Overdue Amunt Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the ttal verdue amunt fr the plicy term fr all utstanding invices where the invice due date is a minimum f ne day befre the current date. Name: Plicy Term Cllected Amunt Cde: BillingPlicyTermCllectedAmunt Label: Plicy Term Cllected Amunt Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the ttal amunt cllected thrugh Receipt and Receipt Detail Allcatins assciated t the plicy term. Only amunts fr receipts in Psted status are included. This field is autmatically indexed. Name: Plicy Term Earliest Overdue Invice Due Date Cde: BillingPlicyTermEarliestOverdueInviceDueDate Label: Plicy Term Earliest Overdue Invice Due Date Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the earliest verdue invice due date assciated t the plicy term where the invice utstanding amunt is greater than zer and the invice due date is a minimum f ne day befre the current date. This field is autmatically indexed. Name: Plicy Term Outstanding Amunt Cde: BillingPlicyTermOutstandingAmunt Label: Plicy Term Outstanding Amunt Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the ttal utstanding amunt fr invices assciated t the plicy term.

276 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 270 This field is autmatically indexed. Name: Last Online Payment Status Cde: BillingTransactinLastOnlinePaymentStatus Label: Last Online Payment Status Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the status f the mst recent nline payment transactin. If n payment is fund, this field will be blank. Name: Last Online Payment Date Cde: BillingTransactinLastOnlinePaymentDate Label: Last Online Payment Date Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays the date f the mst recent nline payment transactin. If n payment is fund, this field will be blank. Name: Payment Methd Available fr Use Cde: BillingTransactinPaymentMethdAvailableFrUse Label: Payment Methd Available fr Use Ntes: This field is updated by the system, and displays "Yes" if a payment methd has been saved fr the Bill t Party, and "N" if a payment methd has nt been saved fr the Bill t Party. Panel Name: Billing Primary Bill t Party Cde: BillingPrimaryBillTParty Label: Billing Primary Bill t Party Ntes: This panel includes details fr the primary bill t party fr the plicy. Fields:

277 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 271 Name: Primary Bill t Party Cde Cde: BillingPrimaryBillTPartyCde Label: Primary Bill t Party Cde Ntes: Name: Primary Bill t Party Name Cde: BillingPrimaryBillTPartyName Label: Primary Bill t Party Ntes: Name: Primary Bill t Party Id Cde: BillingPrimaryBillTPartyID Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. Name: Primary Bill t Party Guid Cde: BillingPrimaryBillTPartyGuid Label: Primary Bill t Party Guid Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden.

278 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 272 Grid Name: Bill t Parties Billing Settings Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting Label: Bill t Parties Billing Settings Ntes: This grid lists additinal bill t parties and their billing percentages. Fields: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Additinal Bill t Party Cde Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.BillTPartyCde Label: Bill t Party Cde Ntes: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Additinal Bill t Party Name Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.BillTPartyName Label: Bill t Party Ntes: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Percentage Billed Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.PremiumPercentage Label: Percentage Billed Ntes: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Premium Type Cde Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.PremiumTypeCde Label: Premium Type Cde Ntes:

279 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 273 Sme clumns have been hidden. Grid Name: Billing Installments Cde: BillingInstallment Label: Billing Installments Ntes: The Billing Installments grid lists the scheduled installments fr each bill t party. Fields: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Amunt Due Cde: BillingInstallment.AmuntDue Label: Amunt Due Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Bill t Party Cde Cde: BillingInstallment.BillTPartyCde Label: Bill t Party Cde Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Bill t Party Name Cde: BillingInstallment.BillTPartyName Label: Bill t Party Ntes:

280 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 274 Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Cmmissin Amunt Cde: BillingInstallment.CmmissinAmunt Label: Cmmissin Amunt Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Currency Cde Cde: BillingInstallment.Currency Label: Currency Cde Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Grss Amunt Cde: BillingInstallment.GrssAmunt Label: Grss Amunt Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Number Cde: BillingInstallment.Number Label: Number Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Tax Amunt Cde: BillingInstallment.TaxAmunt Label: Tax Amunt Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Ttal Amunt Due Cde: BillingInstallment.TtalAmuntDue Label: Ttal Amunt Due Ntes:

281 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 275 Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Ttal Amunt Cde: BillingInstallment.TtalInstallmentAmunt Label: Ttal Amunt Ntes: Name: [Billing Installments] Installment Date Cde: BillingInstallment.Date Label: Date Ntes: Sme clumns have been hidden. Grid Name: Additinal Parties Cde: AdditinalParty Label: Additinal Cmpanies Ntes: This grid lists additinal parties attached t the plicy, including cntact and address details. This infrmatin is read nly. Selecting a party in this grid displays the Bill t Parties Billing Settings child grid. Fields: Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cde Cde: AdditinalParty.Cde Label: Cde

282 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 276 Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Address Cde: AdditinalParty.Address Label: Address Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany City Cde: AdditinalParty.City Label: City Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cntact Cde: AdditinalParty.Cntact Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cntact Emplyee Number Cde: AdditinalParty.CntactEmplyeeNumber Label: Emplyee Number Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cntact First Name Cde: AdditinalParty.CntactFirstName Label: First Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cntact Last Name Cde: AdditinalParty.CntactLastName Label: Last Name

283 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 277 Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cntact Phne Cde: AdditinalParty.CntactPhne Label: Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Cuntry Cde: AdditinalParty.Cuntry Label: Cuntry Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Fax Cde: AdditinalParty.Fax Label: Fax Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Name Cde: AdditinalParty.Name Label: Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Phne Cde: AdditinalParty.Phne Label: Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Web Site Cde: AdditinalParty.Website Label: Web site

284 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 278 Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Zip / Pstal Cde Cde: AdditinalParty.ZipPstalCde Label: Zip/Pstal Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany GUID Cde: AdditinalParty.Guid Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany Resurce ID Cde: AdditinalParty.Id Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Additinal Parties] Additinal Cmpany State / Prvince Cde: AdditinalParty.StatePrvince Label: State/Prvince Ntes: This field is read nly.

285 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 279 Grid Name: Bill t Parties Billing Settings Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting Label: Bill t Parties Billing Settings Ntes: This is a child t the Additinal Parties grid, and lists additinal bill t parties and their billing percentages. Fields: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Additinal Bill t Party Cde Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.BillTPartyCde Label: Bill t Party Cde Ntes: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Additinal Bill t Party Name Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.BillTPartyName Label: Bill t Party Ntes: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Percentage Billed Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.PremiumPercentage Label: Percentage Billed Ntes: Name: [Parties Billing Settings] Premium Type Cde

286 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 280 Cde: BillTPartyBillingSetting.PremiumTypeCde Label: Premium Type Cde Ntes: Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwPlicyDistributrScreen Panel Name: Distributr Cde: Distributr Label: Distributr

287 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 281 Ntes: This panel prvides details n the current primary distributr fr the plicy. This infrmatin is read nly. Fields: Name: Distributr Name Cde: DistributrName Label: Name Ntes: This field is required. This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Cntact Cde: DistributrCntact Label: Cntact Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Cntact Phne Cde: DistributrCntactPhne Label: Cntact Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Fax Cde: DistributrFax Label: Fax Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Address Cde: DistributrAddress Label: Address Ntes: This field is read nly.

288 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 282 Name: Distributr City Cde: DistributrCity Label: City Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Client Cde Cde: DistributrClientCde Label: Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Cde Cde: DistributrCde Label: Distributr Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Cntact Emplyee Number Cde: DistributrCntactEmplyeeNumber Label: Cntact Emplyee Number Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Cntact First Name Cde: DistributrCntactFirstName Label: Cntact First Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Cntact Last Name Cde: DistributrCntactLastName Label: Cntact Last Name Ntes: This field is read nly.

289 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 283 Name: Distributr Cuntry Cde: DistributrCuntry Label: Cuntry Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Phne Cde: DistributrPhne Label: Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Reference Cde Cde: DistributrReferenceCde Label: Distributr Reference Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr State / Prvince Cde: DistributrStatePrvince Label: State/Prvince Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Website Cde: DistributrWebsite Label: Website Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Distributr Zip / Pstal Cde Cde: DistributrZipPstalCde Label: Zip/Pstal Cde Ntes: This field is read nly.

290 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 284 Name: Distributr Resurce ID Cde: DistributrId Label: Ntes: This field is hidden. Name: Distributr GUID Cde: DistributrGuid Label: Ntes: This field is hidden. Name: Distributr Ttal Cmmissin Amunt Cde: DistributrCmmissin Label: Cmmissin Amunt Ntes: This is a calculated field that retrieves the cmmissin amunt fr the main distributr frm the [Plicy Distributrs] Cmmissin Amunt field in the Plicy Distributrs grid. This field is read nly. This field is hidden. Grid Name: Plicy Distributrs Cde: PlicyDistributr Label: Plicy Distributrs Ntes: This grid lists the distributrs attached t the plicy, including cntact and address details. The detail windw includes a lkup t select a distributr, which ppulates the remaining fields.

291 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 285 The detail fields are read nly n Cancellatin and Reinstatement transactin types, as well as any transactin type in Bund, Declined, r Lst status. Selecting a distributr in this grid may display the Distributr Cmmissin By PremiumType child grid. This child grid nly appears n Cancellatin transactin types in Incmplete, Bund, r Rescinded status. The SaveTGrid functin can be used t enter a cmmissin percentage r amunt verrides fr ther transactin types. The Main Distributr will nt appear in this grid, hwever, it will shw in any dcuments and s generated using this grid. Fields: Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup Cde: PlicyDistributr.Lkup Label: Distributr Lkup Ntes: This is a cmb bx field used t search fr distributr infrmatin. This field uses the Distributr Lkup Data Surce data surce. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Resurce ID Cde: PlicyDistributr.Id Label: Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr GUID Cde: PlicyDistributr.Guid Label: Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid.

292 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 286 Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Main Distributr Cde: PlicyDistributr.IsMain Label: Main distributr Ntes: This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Name Cde: PlicyDistributr.Name Label: Name Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is required. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Client Cde Cde: PlicyDistributr.ClientCde Label: Cde Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is required. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cde Cde: PlicyDistributr.Cde Label: Distributr Cde Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Reference Cde Cde: PlicyDistributr.ReferenceCde Label: Distributr Reference Cde

293 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 287 Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Phne Cde: PlicyDistributr.Phne Label: Phne Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Fax Cde: PlicyDistributr.Fax Label: Fax Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Website Cde: PlicyDistributr.Website Label: Website Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Address Cde: PlicyDistributr.Address Label: Address Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid.

294 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 288 Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr City Cde: PlicyDistributr.City Label: City Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cuntry Cde: PlicyDistributr.Cuntry Label: Cuntry Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr State / Prvince Cde: PlicyDistributr.StatePrvince Label: State/Prvince Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Zip / Pstal cde Cde: PlicyDistributr.ZipPstalCde Label: Zip/Pstal Cde Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cntact First Name Cde: PlicyDistributr.CntactFirstName Label: Cntact First Name Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid.

295 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 289 Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cntact Last Name Cde: PlicyDistributr.CntactLastName Label: Cntact Last Name Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cntact Phne Cde: PlicyDistributr.CntactPhne Label: Cntact Phne Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cntact Cde: PlicyDistributr.Cntact Label: Cntact Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Cntact Emplyee Number Cde: PlicyDistributr.CntactEmplyeeNumber Label: Cntact Emplyee Number Ntes: This field is ppulated by the results f the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field. This field is read nly. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: [Plicy Distributrs] Cmmissin Amunt Cde: PlicyDistributr.CmmissinAmunt

296 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 290 Label: Cmmissin Amunt Ntes: This is a calculated field that retrieves the ttal cmmissin amunt fr the distributr, acrss all premium types, frm the [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Cmmissin Amunt field in the Distributr Cmmissin By PremiumType grid. This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. Grid Name: Distributr Cmmissin By PremiumType Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType Label: Distributr Cmmissin By PremiumType Ntes: This grid is a child t the Plicy Distributrs grid, and lists the cmmissin percentages and ttals fr each distributr. This grid is hidden n New Business, Endrsement, Adjustment, Declaratin, Renewal, and Reinstatement transactin types, as well as Cancellatin transactins in Incmplete, Bund, r Rescinded status. This infrmatin is read nly, except fr a cmmissin verride field. Fields: Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Premium Type Name Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.PremiumTypeName Label: Premium Type Name Ntes: This field is read nly. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Name fr each premium type.

297 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 291 Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Premium Type Cde Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.PremiumTypeCde Label: Premium Type Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Cde fr each premium type. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Premium Amunt Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.PremiumAmunt Label: Premium Amunt Ntes: This field is read nly. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the ttal calculated premium fr each premium type. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Cde Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.DistributrCde Label: Distributr Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Cde fr the selected distributr. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Default Cmmissin Percentage Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.DefaultCmmissinPercentage Label: Default Cmmissin (%) Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Default Cmmissin (%) fr the selected distributr and the current master cver. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Master Cver Cmmissin Field Cde

298 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 292 Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.MasterCverCmmissinFieldCde Label: Master Cver Cmmissin Field Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Cde fr the field selected in the Cmmissin Percentage Field field in the Master Cver - General Infrmatin page. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Master Cver Field Cmmissin Percentage Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.MasterCverFieldCmmissinPercentage Label: Master Cver Cmmissin Field (%) Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this value is cpied frm the field selected in the Cmmissin Percentage Field field in the Master Cver - General Infrmatin page. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Cmmissin Override Trigger Value Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.AssciatinCmmissinOverrideTriggerValue Label: Assciatin Cmmissin Override Trigger Value Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the true r false value f the trigger selected in the Field Override Trigger field fr the selected distributr and the current master cver. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Cmmissin Override Field Cde Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.AssciatinCmmissinOverrideFieldCde Label: Assciatin Cmmissin Override Field Cde

299 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 293 Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Cde fr the field selected in the Default Cmmissin Field Override field fr the selected distributr and the current master cver. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Assciatin Field Cmmissin Percentage Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.AssciatinFieldCmmissinPercentage Label: Assciatin Cmmissin Override Field (%) Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the value f the field selected in the Default Cmmissin Field Override field fr the selected distributr and the current master cver. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Premium Type Cmmissin Percentage Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.PremiumTypeCmmissinPercentage Label: Premium Type Cmmissin (%) Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. When calculating cmmissins, this field is ppulated with the Cmmissin (%) values cpied frm the Premium Type - Cmmissin (%) Overrides panel in the Master Cver Assciatins fr the distributr. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Cmmissin Override (%) Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.CmmissinOverridePercentage Label: Cmmissin Override (%) Ntes: This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid.

300 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 294 A custm verride fr the cmmissin percentage can be saved t this field by an integratin r functin. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Cmmissin Override Amunt Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.CmmissinOverrideAmunt Label: Cmmissin Override Amunt Ntes: Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Cmmissin Rate Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.CmmissinRate Label: Cmmissin (%) Ntes: This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. This is a calculated field that determines the cmmissin rate fr the current distributr and premium type. The frmula checks fr values in this rder, using the first valid ptin. 1. If the [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Cmmissin Override Amunt field has a numeric value, it will be used. 2. If the [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Cmmissin Override (%) field has a numeric value, it will be used. 3. If the [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Premium Type Cmmissin Percentage field has a numeric value, it will be used. 4. If the master cver assciatin cnfiguratin fr the distributr has a Default Cmmissin Field Override, and either has n trigger r the trigger evaluates t true, the cmmissin frm the verride field will be used. If the field des nt cntain a numeric value, 0 will be used. 5. If the master cver assciatin cnfiguratin fr the distributr has a numeric Default Cmmissin, it will be used. 6. If the distributr has a numeric Default Cmmissin (%) value, it will be used. Name: [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Cmmissin Amunt

301 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 295 Cde: DistributrCmmissinByPremiumType.CmmissinAmunt Label: Cmmissin Amunt Ntes: This field is read nly. This is a calculated field that calculates the cmmissin amunt fr the premium type, using the [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Premium Amunt and [Cmmissin by Premium Type] Distributr Cmmissin Rate fields. Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwPlicyInsurerScreen Panel Name: Insurer Cde: Insurer Label: Insurer Ntes: This panel prvides details n the current primary insurer fr the plicy. This infrmatin is read nly. Fields:

302 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 296 Name: Insurer Name Cde: InsurerName Label: Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Cde Cde: InsurerCde Label: Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Client Cde Cde: InsurerClientCde Label: Insurer Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Reference Cde Cde: InsurerReferenceCde Label: Insurer Reference Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Address Cde: InsurerAddress Label: Address Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer City Cde: InsurerCity Label: City Ntes: This field is read nly.

303 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 297 Name: Insurer Cuntry Cde: InsurerCuntry Label: Cuntry Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer State/Prvince Cde: InsurerStatePrvince Label: State/Prvince Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Zip / Pstal Cde Cde: InsurerZipPstalCde Label: Zip/Pstal Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Website Cde: InsurerWebsite Label: Website Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Phne Cde: InsurerPhne Label: Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Fax Cde: InsurerFax Label: Fax Ntes: This field is read nly.

304 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 298 Name: Insurer Cntact First Name Cde: InsurerCntactFirstName Label: Cntact First Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Cntact Last Name Cde: InsurerCntactLastName Label: Cntact Last Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Cntact Phne Cde: InsurerCntactPhne Label: Cntact Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Cntact Cde: InsurerCntact Label: Cntact Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Cntact Emplyee Number Cde: InsurerCntactEmplyeeNumber Label: Cntact Emplyee Number Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Insurer Risk Percentage Cde: InsurerRiskPercentage Label: Risk Percentage Ntes: This field is read nly.

305 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 299 Name: Insurer Resurce ID Cde: InsurerId Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. Name: Insurer GUID Cde: InsurerGuid Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. Sme clumns have been hidden. Grid Name: Plicy Insurers Cde: PlicyInsurer Label: Plicy Insurers Ntes: This grid lists the insurers attached t the plicy, including cntact and address details. Selecting an insurer in this grid displays the Plicy Insurer by Premium Type child grid. If the Allw Multiple Insurers setting is checked in the Master Cver, the Insurer Cde, Insurer Risk Percentage, and Lead Insurer fields must be ppulated using functins, integratins, r similar methds. On calculating a qute, the system validates the prvided insurers, and ppulates the remaining fields in the grid with the current infrmatin fr thse insurers. Fields:

306 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 300 Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Resurce ID Cde: PlicyInsurer.Id Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer GUID Cde: PlicyInsurer.Guid Label: Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden. This field is nt displayed in the grid. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Name Cde: PlicyInsurer.Name Label: Name Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cde Cde: PlicyInsurer.Cde Label: Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is required when the Allw Multiple Insurers setting is checked in the master cver. This field must cntain the Cde f each insurer t be attached t the transactin, ppulated using functins, integratin pints, r similar methds.

307 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 301 Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Client Cde Cde: PlicyInsurer.ClientCde Label: Insurer Client Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Lead Insurer Cde: PlicyInsurer.IsLead Label: Lead Insurer Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is required when the Allw Multiple Insurers setting is checked in the master cver. This field must cntain "True" r "False" t identify if the insurer is t be the lead insurer n the transactin, and shuld be ppulated using functins, integratin pints, r similar methds. Nte that there must nly be a single lead insurer specified. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Reference Cde Cde: PlicyInsurer.ReferenceCde Label: Insurer Reference Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Address Cde: PlicyInsurer.Address Label: Address Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer City Cde: PlicyInsurer.City Label: City

308 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 302 Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cuntry Cde: PlicyInsurer.Cuntry Label: Cuntry Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer State/Prvince Cde: PlicyInsurer.StatePrvince Label: State/Prvince Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Zip/Pstal Cde Cde: PlicyInsurer.ZipPstalCde Label: Zip/Pstal Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Website Cde: PlicyInsurer.Website Label: Website Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Phne Cde: PlicyInsurer.Phne Label: Phne

309 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 303 Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Fax Cde: PlicyInsurer.Fax Label: Fax Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cntact First Name Cde: PlicyInsurer.CntactFirstName Label: Cntact First Name Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cntact Last Name Cde: PlicyInsurer.CntactLastName Label: Cntact Last Name Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cntact Phne Cde: PlicyInsurer.CntactPhne Label: Cntact Phne Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cntact Cde: PlicyInsurer.Cntact Label: Cntact

310 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 304 Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cntact Emplyee Number Cde: PlicyInsurer.CntactEmplyeeNumber Label: Cntact Emplyee Number Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Risk Percentage Cde: PlicyInsurer.RiskPercentage Label: Risk Percentage Ntes: This field is required when the Allw Multiple Insurers setting is checked in the master cver. This field requires data t be ppulated using manual entry, functins, integratin pints, r similar methds. This is a decimal field, where a value f 50 equals 50 %. Name: [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Insurance Cst Cde: PlicyInsurer.InsuranceCst Label: Insurer Insurance Cst Ntes: This is a calculated field that prvides a sum f the [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Insurance Cst values fr the insurer. This field is read nly.

311 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 305 Grid Name: Plicy Insurer by Premium Type Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType Label: Plicy Insurer By Premium Type Ntes: This grid is a child t the Plicy Insurers grid, and lists the risk amunts and premium distributin fr each insurer attached t the transactin. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin, based n the insurers defined in the Plicy Insurers parent grid. The risk percentage verride values can be entered manually, if necessary. Fields: Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Premium Type Name Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.PremiumTypeName Label: Premium Type Name Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Premium Type Cde Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.PremiumTypeCde Label: Premium Type Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. This infrmatin is ppulated by the system during qute calculatin. If any value already exists in this field, it will nt be verwritten. Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Name Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.InsurerName Label: Insurer Name Ntes: This is a calculated field that displays the [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Name value frm the parent grid. This field is read nly.

312 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 306 Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Cde Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.InsurerCde Label: Insurer Cde Ntes: This is a calculated field that displays the [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Cde value frm the parent grid. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Premium Amunt Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.PremiumAmunt Label: Premium Amunt Ntes: This is a calculated field that determines the premium fr the current insurer and premium type by multiplying the current premium amunt by the [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Effective Risk Percentage field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Insurance Cst Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.InsuranceCstAmunt Label: Insurance Cst Amunt Ntes: This is a calculated field that determines the insurance cst fr the current insurer and premium type by multiplying the cmmissin amunt by the [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Effective Risk Percentage field, and deducting the result frm the [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Premium Amunt field. This field is read nly. Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Risk Percentage Override Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.RiskPercentageOverride Label: Risk Percentage Override Ntes: If a value is prvided fr this field, it verrides the Risk Percentage defined in the Plicy Insurer parent grid. Name: [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Effective Risk Percentage Cde: PlicyInsurerByPremiumType.EffectiveRiskPercentage Label: Effective Risk Percentage

313 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 307 Ntes: This is a calculated field that determines the effective risk percentage t be used. If there is a numerical value in the [Plicy Insurer by Premium Type] Insurer Risk Percentage Override field, then that value will be used. Otherwise, the value frm the [Plicy Insurer] Insurer Risk Percentage field in the parent grid will be used. This field is read nly. Panels, Grids, and Fields - Other Grid Name: Plicy Dcument Cde: PlicyDcument Label: Plicy Dcument Ntes: This grid tracks internal infrmatin related t dcuments, and is used fr certain integratins. This grid shuld nt be used in a wrkflw. Fields: Name: PlicyDcument.Extensin Cde: PlicyDcument.Extensin Label: Ntes: Name: PlicyDcument.Filename Cde: PlicyDcument.Filename Label:

314 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 308 Ntes: Name: PlicyDcument.Guid Cde: PlicyDcument.Guid Label: Ntes: Name: PlicyDcument.MdifiedDate Cde: PlicyDcument.MdifiedDate Label: Ntes: Name: PlicyDcument.ParentGuid Cde: PlicyDcument.ParentGuid Label: Ntes: This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: PlicyDcument.ParentType Cde: PlicyDcument.ParentType Label: Ntes: This field is nt displayed in the grid. Name: PlicyDcument.Type Cde: PlicyDcument.Type Label: Ntes:

315 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 309 Grid Name: Premium Cde: Premium Label: Premium Ntes: This grid is currently nt is use within the system. Fields: Name: Plicy Transactin Premium Amunt (aggregated) Cde: Premium.Amunt Label: Plicy Transactin Premium Amunt (aggregated) Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Plicy Transactin Premium Type Cde Cde: Premium.PremiumTypeCde Label: Plicy Transactin Premium Type Cde Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Plicy Transactin Premium Type Id Cde: Premium.PremiumTypeId Label: Plicy Transactin Premium Type Id Ntes: This field is read nly. This field is hidden.

316 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 310 Name: Plicy Transactin Premium Type Name Cde: Premium.PremiumTypeName Label: Plicy Transactin Premium Type Name Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Plicy Transactin Premium Currency Cde: Premium.Currency Label: Plicy Transactin Premium Currency Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Plicy Transactin Cmmissin Amunt Cde: Premium.CmmissinAmunt Label: Plicy Transactin Cmmissin Amunt Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Plicy Transactin Net Amunt Cde: Premium.NetAmunt Label: Plicy Transactin Net Amunt Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: Plicy Transactin Tax Amunt Cde: Premium.TaxAmunt Label: Plicy Transactin Tax Amunt Ntes: This field is read nly. Standalne Fields The fllwing system fields are nt cnfigured within a panel r screen by default, but can be cnfigured within a wrkflw t display live system data.

317 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 311 Sme f these fields have equivalent placehlders that retrieve the same infrmatin. Fr use as placehlders, see the equivalent placehlder entry in the Full Placehlders List fr Plicy Infrmatin sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument, unless therwise nted. Name: [Plicy] Plicy Number Cde: PlicyNumber Label: Plicy Number Ntes: This field cntains the Plicy Number. This field is read nly. Equivalent Placehlder: [[SubPlPlicyN]] Name: [Plicy] Plicy Term Number Cde: PlicyTermNumber Label: Plicy Term Number Ntes: This field cntains the plicy Term ID, frmatted t 10 digits. This field is read nly. Equivalent Placehlder: [[SubPlPlicyTermID]] Name: [Plicy] Plicy Effective Date Cde: PlicyEffectiveDate Label: Plicy Effective Date Ntes: This field cntains the plicy Effective Date. This field is read nly. Equivalent Placehlder: [[PlicyEffectiveDate]] Name: [Plicy] Plicy Valid Until Date Cde: PlicyValidUntilDate Label: Plicy Valid Until Date Ntes: This field cntains the plicy Valid Until date. This field is read nly.

318 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 312 Equivalent Placehlder: [[PlicyValidUntilDate]] Name: [Plicy] Transactin Status Cde: TransactinStatus Label: Transactin Status Ntes: This field cntains the transactin status. This field is required and read nly. Name: [Plicy] Transactin Type Cde: TransactinType Label: Transactin Type Ntes: This field cntains the transactin type. This field is required and read nly. Name: [Plicy] Prduct Name Cde: PrductName Label: Prduct Name Ntes: This field cntains the name f the Master Cver. This field is read nly. Equivalent Placehlder: [[SubPlPrduct]] Name: [Plicy] Plicy Term Effective Date Cde: PlicyTermEffectiveDate Label: Plicy Term Effective Date Ntes: This field cntains the plicy term Effective Date. This field is read nly. Equivalent Placehlder: [[CurrentTerm/EffectiveDate]] Name: [Plicy] Plicy Term Valid Until Date Cde: PlicyTermValidUntilDate Label: Plicy Term Valid Until Date

319 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 313 Ntes: This field cntains the plicy term Valid Until date. This field is read nly. Equivalent Placehlder: [[CurrentTerm/ExpiryDate]] Name: [Plicy] Prduct Cde Cde: PrductCde Label: Prduct Cde Ntes: This field cntains the cde f the Master Cver. This field is read nly. Data Surces Name: Distributr Lkup Data Surce Cde: DistributrLkupDS Ntes: This data surce is used fr the [Plicy Distributrs] Distributr Lkup field, and uses the Distributr Lkup web service t search fr and select distributr infrmatin. Selecting a distributr ppulates the fields in the Plicy Distributrs detail windw. Optin Lists Name: Cancellatin Reasns Cde: CancellatinReasns Ntes: This list cntains default reasns available fr selectin during a plicy cancellatin. OWClaimCmmn Standard Cntainer The OwClaimCmmn cntainer includes a prebuilt screen with a grid and fields used t display claim payment data.

320 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 314 This cntainer has Claims as the Functinal Area, and is autmatically shared t any custm cntainers with the Functinal Area set t Claims. This cntainer includes the fllwing cmpnents. Wrkflw Name: OwClaimCmmn Cde: OwClaimCmmn Ntes: This wrkflw is a placehlder, and is nt intended fr use within a prduct. Screens Name: OwClaimPaymentScreen Cde: OwClaimPaymentScreen Label: Claim Payments Ntes: This screen includes cmpnents required t view claim payments. Panels, Grids, and Fields - OwClaimPaymentScreen Grid Name: ClaimPayments Cde: ClaimPayments Sme clumns have been hidden.

321 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 315 Label: Ntes: This grid prvides details n claim payments. This infrmatin is read nly. Fields: Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Resurce ID Cde: ClaimPayment.Id Label: Ntes: This field is required. This field is read nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment GUID Cde: ClaimPayment.GUID Label: Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Name Cde: ClaimPayment.TypeName Label: Type Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Type Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.TypeCde Label: Type Cde Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Categry Name

322 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 316 Cde: ClaimPayment.CategryName Label: Categry Ntes: This field is read nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Categry Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.CategryCde Label: Categry Cde Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Date Cde: ClaimPayment.Date Label: Date Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Party Name Cde: ClaimPayment.PartyName Label: Party Name Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Party Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.PartyCde Label: Party Cde Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Amunt Cde: ClaimPayment.Amunt Label: Amunt Ntes: This field is ready nly.

323 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 317 Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Currency Cde: ClaimPayment.Currency Label: Currency Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Currency Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.CurrencyCde Label: Currency Cde Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Cverage Name Cde: ClaimPayment.CverageName Label: Cverage Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Cverage Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.CverageCde Label: Cverage Cde Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Status Name Cde: ClaimPayment.StatusName Label: Status Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Status Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.StatusCde Label: Status Cde

324 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 318 Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Check Number Cde: ClaimPayment.CheckNumber Label: Check Number Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Billing Amunt Cde: ClaimPayment.BillingAmunt Label: Billing Amunt Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Billing Currency Cde: ClaimPayment.BillingCurrency Label: Billing Currency Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Billing Currency Cde Cde: ClaimPayment.BillingCurrencyCde Label: Billing Currency Cde Ntes: This field is ready nly. This field is hidden. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Final Payment Cde: ClaimPayment.FinalPayment Label: Final Payment Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Reference

325 Wrkflw Cntainers Page 319 Cde: ClaimPayment.Reference Label: Reference Ntes: This field is ready nly. Name: [ClaimPayments] Claim Payment Descriptin Cde: ClaimPayment.Descriptin Label: Descriptin Ntes: This field is ready nly.

326 Prducts Page 320 Prducts A Prduct is used t set ptins fr all master cvers assigned t that prduct. It is als used t grup master cvers fr reprting purpses. Creating a New Prduct 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Prducts. A list f all available prducts is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active prducts are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all prducts. 2. Click Create. The Prduct Management page pens.

327 Prducts Page Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Descriptin Primary Premium Prduct Grup Enter the name f the prduct. This is the internal name, used t select this prduct when creating r editing a master cver. This is an internal reference name generated by the system when the prduct is saved. Enter a descriptin f the prduct. Select a Premium Type t be used as the primary premium fr use in reprts. Fr infrmatin n creating premium types, click here. Select a Prduct Grup. The available ptins are defined by an internal list, and can be used fr reprting purpses.

328 Prducts Page 322 Line f Business Select a Line f Business frm the list f industry presets. 4. Click Add t save the prduct but remain n the page, click Add & Clse t save the prduct and return t the prduct list, r click Clse t return t the prduct list withut saving the prduct. Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Prducts. A list f all available prducts is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active prducts are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all prducts. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the prduct details. If there are a large number f available prducts, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate prduct. 3. See the sectin n Creating a New Prduct fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. All fields may be edited, if necessary.

329 Prducts Page 323 Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the prduct as active and available fr use. If unchecked, the prduct remains linked t any existing master cvers, but cannt be used fr new master cvers. Identifies the date and time the prduct was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the prduct was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 4. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the prduct list, r click Clse t return t the prduct list withut saving any changes. Deactivating a Prduct Once created, a prduct cannt be deleted. It can be deactivated, which leaves it linked t any existing master cvers, but prevents it frm being used fr new master cvers.

330 Prducts Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Prducts. A list f all available prducts is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active prducts are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all prducts. 2. Lcate the prduct r prducts t be deactivated. If there are a large number f available prducts, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate prducts. 3. Check the bxes fr all prducts t be deactivated. 4. Click Deactivate, then cnfirm the deactivatin when prmpted t d s. All selected prducts are deactivated. If the prduct list is still defaulted t nly shw active prducts, they disappear frm the list. Tip: Individual prducts can als be deactivated r reactivated directly thrugh the prduct recrd. See the sectin n Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct fr details.

331 Prduct Mdel Page 325 Prduct Mdel A prduct is used t grup many f the resurces and data related t a specific prduct being ffered thrugh the system. Each prduct has multiple screens f infrmatin, accessed thrugh the Prduct Menu widget t the left f the page. The widget becmes available n pening an existing prduct r cmpleting and saving the Prduct Management screen fr a new prduct. Prduct Management Field Indexing Includes settings t define the prduct itself. Cllects and rganizes data, allwing triggers t evaluate data frm utside the cntext f a single claim. Creating a New Prduct

332 Prduct Mdel Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Prducts. A list f all available prducts is displayed. 2. Click Add. The Prduct Management page pens. 3. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Enter the name f the prduct. This is the internal name, used t select this prduct when creating r editing a master cver. This is an internal reference name generated by the system when the prduct is saved.

333 Prduct Mdel Page 327 Descriptin Primary Premium Line f Business Enter a descriptin f the prduct. Select a Premium Type t be used as the primary premium fr use in reprts. Select a Line f Business frm the list f industry presets. 4. Click Save t save the prduct but remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save the prduct and return t the prduct list, r click Clse t return t the prduct list withut saving the prduct. 5. On saving, the Prduct Menu widget pens t the left f the page, allwing access t different screens f prduct data. In additin, the Status panel is added at the bttm f the page. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the prduct was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the prduct was changed, and the user wh made the changes. Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct

334 Prduct Mdel Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Prducts. A list f all available prducts is displayed. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the prduct details. If there are a large number f available prducts, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate prduct. The Prduct Management page pens, and the Prduct Menu widget appears t the left f the page fr navigatin t ther screens. See the sectin n Creating a New Prduct fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. All fields may be edited, if necessary. 3. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the prducts list, r click Clse t return t the prducts list withut saving any changes.

335 Prduct Mdel Page 329 Field Indexing In general, data related t an individual claim is separate frm data in ther claims. When using placehlders in dcuments, s, and calculated fields, they will nly retrieve data frm the currently selected claim. Field Indexing cllects data acrss all claims, and makes it available fr searches, data cmparisns, dcuments, and s. In additin, all indexed fields will be available as ptinal fields in the Claims list. Adding Index Fields 1. Once a Prduct has been selected, click Field Indexing in the Prduct Menu widget. A list f indexed fields is displayed. Fr instructins n selecting a prduct, see Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct. Sme clumns have been hidden.

336 Prduct Mdel Page Click Add. The Fields windw pens. Indexing can be perfrmed acrss different fields, but they must be f the same data type. The Fields list can be filtered t shw fields f a specific type. Check the bxes fr all fields t be indexed. At this pint, the fields are nly being added t the index list, s fields f different data types can be added at the same time. 3. Click Add & Clse t clse the windw and add the selected fields t the list, r click Clse t clse the windw withut adding any fields. 4. Once the fields are added t the list, they will be indexed and data will be added r updated whenever a claim is saved. When the assciated wrkflw is published, the system will review all claims t backfill the indexed infrmatin. Individual fields can be referenced using the Cde, r an Alias can be defined fr ne r mre fields f the same data type. Referencing the alias accesses all fields assciated t that alias. The alias can be used t reference the indexed cntent in dcuments, s, and calculated fields. The placehlder will be the exact alias name, enclsed within square brackets, such as [[Alias]].

337 Prduct Mdel Page 331 T add an alias, duble-click in the Alias field and enter an alias name. Hit Enter r click utside the field t save the changes. Fields can be added t the index multiple times, under different aliases. Mdifying Field Indexes 1. Once a Prduct has been selected, click Field Indexing in the Prduct Menu widget. A list f all available indexes is displayed. Fr instructins n selecting a prduct, see Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct. Sme clumns have been hidden. 2. The Alias details can be mdified directly in the grid. Duble-click in an alias field t edit the value. Hit Enter r click utside the field t save the changes. Deleting Field Indexes

338 Prduct Mdel Page Once a Prduct has been selected, click Field Indexing in the Prduct Menu widget. A list f all available indexes is displayed. Fr instructins n selecting a prduct, see Viewing and Mdifying a Prduct. Sme clumns have been hidden. 2. Check the bxes fr all fields t be remved frm the index. Click Delete, and cnfirm the deletin when prmpted. The fields are remved and the stred index infrmatin is deleted.

339 Premium Types Page 333 Premium Types Multiple premium types can be defined t separate charges and premiums int as few r as many categries as yu like. Every rate and charge defined in the master cver is assigned t a premium type, enabling detailed tracking, reprting, and invicing. Creating a New Premium Type 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Premium Types. A list f all available premium types is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active premium types are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all premium types. 2. Click Create. The Premium Type Management page pens.

340 Premium Types Page Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Descriptin Line f Business Prduct Enter the name f the premium type. This name is what appears in the submissin frm and billing screens, as well as being used t select this premium type during setup. This is an internal reference name generated by the system when the premium type is saved. Enter a descriptin f this premium type. Select a Line f Business frm the list f industry presets, r select All t make the premium type available t all lines. Select an available prduct, r select All t make the premium type available t all prducts.

341 Premium Types Page Click Add t save the premium type but remain n the page, click Add & Clse t save the premium type and return t the premium type list, r click Clse t return t the premium type list withut saving the premium type. Viewing and Mdifying a Premium Type 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Premium Types. A list f all available premium types is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active premium types are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all premium types. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the premium type details. If there are a large number f available premium types, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate premium type. 3. See the sectin n Creating a New Premium Type fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. All fields may be edited, if necessary.

342 Premium Types Page 336 Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the premium type as active and available fr use. If unchecked, the premium type remains linked t any master cvers, but cannt be used fr new master cvers. Identifies the date and time the premium type was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the premium type was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 4. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the premium type list, r click Clse t return t the premium type list withut saving any changes. Deactivating a Premium Type Once created, a premium type cannt be deleted. It can be deactivated, which leaves it linked t any existing prducts, but prevents it frm being used fr new prducts.

343 Premium Types Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Premium Types. A list f all available premium types is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active premium types are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all premium types. 2. Lcate the premium type r types t be deactivated. If there are a large number f available premium types, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate premium types. 3. Check the bxes fr all premium types t be deactivated. 4. Click Deactivate, then cnfirm the deactivatin when prmpted t d s. All selected premium types are deactivated. If the premium type list is still defaulted t nly shw active premium types, they disappear frm the list. Tip: Individual premium types can als be deactivated r reactivated directly thrugh the premium type recrd. See the sectin n Viewing and Mdifying a Premium Type fr details.

344 Lkup Tables Page 338 Lkup Tables Nte: This sectin describes the legacy Lkup Table fuctinality. As f Release , existing Lkup Tables shuld be migrated t Data Tables and crrespnding Data Table Instances. Fr additinal infrmatin, see the Migrating Cntent sectin. Lkup tables are custm Excel files cntaining a list f values and all f the cnditins required fr each value. Once a table has been upladed t the system, the $Lkup() functin can be used in a calculated field t gather the cnditins frm the submissin frm and find the apprpriate value frm the table. Fr details abut the $Lkup() functin, please see the Full Functin Reference List sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. Preparing the Lkup File

345 Lkup Tables Page Create a new Excel file r mdify an existing file that has all f the table infrmatin. The first rw must be the header, with clumn names fr the value and each cnditin. Nte that the wrd "clumn" must nt be used in the header name. The system supprts up t 10 cnditins, fr a ttal f 11 clumns (last clumn is K). The first clumn must be the value, and cannt cntain pening r clsing brackets ( ) r the dllar sign $. The remaining clumns cntain the cnditins in the rder they are used in the $Lkup() functin. The maximum length fr any value r cnditin is 80 characters, and cannt cntain pening r clsing brackets ( ), the dllar sign $, single r duble qutes ' ", returns \r, new lines \n, r cmmas,. The system supprts up t 65,536 rws, including the header. 2. Once the table is cmplete, save the file as Excel Wrkbk (*.xls). Files f type.xlsx are nt supprted. Any valid file name can be used.

346 Lkup Tables Page 340 Nte: When uplading the Excel file, the system stres the data as it appears in the sheet. If any frmatting has been applied that alters the appearance f the data, such as date r number frmatting, the lkup cnditins must match that frmatting, and the reply value shuld be expected in the frmatted style. Fr this reasn, numerical values shuld nt be frmatted with thusands dividers, and nly perids shuld be used fr the decimal separatr. Fr best results, frmat all cells as Text. This ensures that all data is stred exactly as it is expected. Uplading Lkup Tables 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Lkup Tables. A list f all available tables is displayed. 2. Click Create. The Lkup Table Management page pens. 3. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

347 Lkup Tables Page 341 Name Cde Descriptin Enter the name f the table. This is the internal name, used t identify the table in the lkup tables list. Enter a unique cde fr the table. This cde is used in the $Lkup() functin t identify the table. Enter a descriptin f the table. 4. Click Add t save the lkup table but remain n the page, click Add & Clse t save the lkup table and return t the table list, r click Clse t return t the table list withut saving the lkup table. Once the lkup table is saved, the Versins and Status panels becme available.

348 Lkup Tables Page 342 Each lkup table can have multiple versins, effective within a specific perid. When a lkup is perfrmed, the Effective Date f the transactin determines which table versin is used. If mre than ne table is in effect fr the date, the mst recently created versin is used. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the table as active and available fr use. If unchecked, any lkups n this table will return n results. Identifies the date and time the lkup table was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the lkup table was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 5. Click Add Versin. The New Lkup Table Versin windw pens.

349 Lkup Tables Page Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Descriptin Effective Date Valid Until Date Select File Enter a descriptin fr this versin f the table. Enter the date that this table versin cmes int effect, r select the date frm the calendar lkup. Enter the date f the last day this table versin is in effect, r select the date frm the calendar lkup. If n date is prvided, the table is valid indefinitely. Click the Brwse buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate file, and the file name and path appear in the field. This field and the Brwse buttn are nt shwn when viewing a saved table versin. 7. Click Save & New t save the table versin and clear the frm t add a new versin, click Save & Clse t save the table versin and clse the windw, r click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the table versin.

350 Lkup Tables Page 344 Once the table versin is saved, the Status panel becmes available at the bttm f the windw. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the table versin was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the table versin was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 8. T add additinal table versins, repeat steps 5 t 7. Tip: The table versin shuld cntain the same number f cnditins as used in the $Lkup() functin. If the functin includes mre cnditins than exist in the table, the functin des nt return any value. If the table includes mre cnditins than are used in the functin, the functin returns the first value that matches the cnditins. If it is necessary t change the number f cnditins used in a lkup, while maintaining cmpatibility with previus versins, there are sme ptins. If cnditins are being added, the lder table versins can be mdified t include the new cnditin clumns with values that are always included, and then be added in place f the riginal tables. If cnditins are being remved, the new versin can include the extra cnditin clumns. The $If() functin can be used t adjust the $Lkup() cnditins t find the crrect table versin, r even a different lkup table entirely.

351 Lkup Tables Page Click Save t save the lkup table but remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save the lkup table and return t the table list, r click Clse t return t the table list withut saving the lkup table. Viewing and Mdifying Lkup Tables and Versins 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Lkup Tables. A list f all available tables is displayed. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the table details. If there are a large number f available tables, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate table. 3. See the sectin n Uplading Lkup Tables fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. Sme ptins can be edited, and thers are grayed ut and cannt be changed. 4. In the Versins table, click a Dwnlad link t pen r save a cpy f that table file. Click a link in the Effective Date clumn t view the versin details. Tip: The file attached t a versin recrd cannt be changed. T replace an existing file, delete the riginal table versin and attach the new versin with the same settings.

352 Lkup Tables Page When viewing a Lkup Table Versin windw, click Save t save any changes and keep the windw pen, click Save & Clse t save and clse the windw, r click Clse t clse the windw withut saving any changes. 6. When viewing the Lkup Table Management page, click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the table list, r click Clse t return t the table list withut saving any changes. Deactivating a Lkup Table Once created, a lkup table cannt be deleted. It can be deactivated, which prevents it frm being used fr new lkups. Individual table versins can be deleted. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Lkup Tables. A list f all available tables is displayed. 2. Lcate the table r tables t be deactivated. If there are a large number f available tables, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate tables. 3. Check the bxes fr all tables t be deactivated. 4. Click Deactivate, then cnfirm the deactivatin when prmpted t d s. All selected tables are deactivated. If the list is still defaulted t nly shw active tables, they disappear frm the list.

353 Lkup Tables Page 347 Tip: Individual lkup tables can als be deactivated r reactivated directly thrugh the table recrd. See the sectin n Viewing and Mdifying Lkup Tables and Versins fr details. Deleting a Lkup Table Versin While a lkup table cannt be deleted, individual table versins can be. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Lkup Tables. A list f all available tables is displayed. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the table details. If there are a large number f available tables, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate table.

354 Managing Clauses Page In the Versins list, click a link in the Effective Date clumn t view the versin details. 4. Click Delete, then cnfirm the deletin when prmpted t d s. The versin is deleted and the windw is clsed. Managing Clauses Clauses are segments f legal text r ther infrmatin that can be assembled int a full plicy dcument. Individual clauses are defined in the system, and then attached t varius features r pulled int generated dcuments. Creating a New Clause

355 Managing Clauses Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Clauses. A list f all available clauses is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active clauses are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all clauses. 2. Click Create. The Clause Management page pens. 3. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required.

356 Managing Clauses Page 350 Name Cde Line f Business Prduct Enter the name f the clause. This is the internal name, used t select this clause in the master cver. This name des nt appear n the frm itself. This is an internal reference name which is generated by the system when the clause is saved. Select a Line f Business frm the list f industry presets, r select All t make the clause available t all lines. Select an available prduct, r select All t make the clause available t all prducts. 4. In the text area, enter the full text t be included in this clause. The integrated tlbar includes a full set f frmatting tls t create and maintain the appearance f the text.

357 Managing Clauses Page Click Add t save the clause but remain n the page, click Add & Clse t save the clause and return t the clause list, r click Clse t return t the clause list withut saving the clause. Viewing and Mdifying a Clause

358 Managing Clauses Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Clauses. A list f all available clauses is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active clauses are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all clauses. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the clause details. If there are a large number f available clauses, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate clause. 3. See the sectin n Creating a New Clause fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. All fields may be edited, if necessary.

359 Managing Clauses Page 353 Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the clause as active and available fr use. If unchecked, the clause remains linked t any master cvers, but cannt be used fr new master cvers. Identifies the date and time the clause was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the clause was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 4. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the clause list, r click Clse t return t the clause list withut saving any changes. Deactivating a Clause Once created, a clause cannt be deleted. It can be deactivated, which leaves it linked t any existing prducts, but prevents it frm being used fr new prducts.

360 Managing Clauses Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Clauses. A list f all available clauses is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active clauses are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all clauses. 2. Lcate the clause r clauses t be deactivated. If there are a large number f available clauses, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate clauses. 3. Check the bxes fr all clauses t be deactivated. 4. Click Deactivate, then cnfirm the deactivatin when prmpted t d s. All selected clauses are deactivated. If the clause list is still defaulted t nly shw active clauses, they disappear frm the list. Tip: Individual clauses can als be deactivated r reactivated directly thrugh the clause recrd. See the sectin n Viewing and Mdifying a Clause fr details.

361 Managing Templates Page 355 Managing Templates The system includes features fr sending s. Autmated s can be sent at varius stages f the submissin prcess, and manual s can be sent by users. All lgged and tracked in the submissin frm. First, an template is created. The template can cntain placehlders, which pull in data frm the system and submissin frm when the is sent. The template is then attached t the manual and autmated settings in the master cver. Creating a New Template 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Templates. A list f all available templates is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active templates are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all templates. 2. Click Create. The Templates page pens.

362 Managing Templates Page Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Line f Business Prduct Subject Bdy Enter the name f the template. This is the internal name, used t select this template in the master cver. This name des nt appear n the frm itself. Select a Line f Business frm the list f industry presets, r select All t make the template available t all lines. Select an available prduct, r select All t make the template available t all prducts. Enter the subject line f the . Enter the main bdy f the .

363 Managing Templates Page 357 Bth the subject line and bdy can cntain placehlders t pull in extra infrmatin when the is sent. Fr mre infrmatin n creating dynamically generated cntent, please see Appendix A - Syntax. Fr a list f placehlders, see the Full Placehlders List fr Plicy Infrmatin sectin in the User Guide - Calculated Fields dcument. 4. Click Add t save the template but remain n the page, click Add & Clse t save the template and return t the template list, r click Clse t return t the template list withut saving the template. Viewing and Mdifying an Template 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Templates. A list f all available templates is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active templates are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all templates. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the template details. If there are a large number f available templates, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate template.

364 Managing Templates Page See the sectin n Creating a New Template fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. All fields may be edited, if necessary. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the template as active and available fr use. If unchecked, the template remains linked t any master cvers, but cannt be used fr new master cvers. Identifies the date and time the template was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the template was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 4. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the template list, r click Clse t return t the template list withut saving any changes. Deactivating an Template Once created, a template cannt be deleted. It can be deactivated, which leaves it linked t any existing prducts, but prevents it frm being used fr new prducts.

365 Managing Templates Page In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Templates. A list f all available templates is displayed. Tip: By default, nly Active templates are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all templates. 2. Lcate the template r templates t be deactivated. If there are a large number f available templates, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate templates. 3. Check the bxes fr all templates t be deactivated. 4. Click Deactivate, then cnfirm the deactivatin when prmpted t d s. All selected templates are deactivated. If the template list is still defaulted t nly shw active templates, they disappear frm the list. Tip: Individual templates can als be deactivated r reactivated directly thrugh the template recrd. See the sectin n Viewing and Mdifying an Template fr details.

366 Managing Dcument Templates Page 360 Managing Dcument Templates The system includes the ability t dynamically generate dcuments, pulling in system and transactin infrmatin t prduce custm dcuments fr a wide variety f purpses. Each dcument is first created as a template, using placehlders fr system and transactin infrmatin. See the User Guide - Dcument Cnfiguratin dcument fr detailed instructins n preparing templates. The templates are then upladed int the system thrugh the Dcument Templates page. 1. Navigate t the Dcument Template List. If using the Plicy mdule, select Prduct Design frm the main menu, then select Dcument Templates. If using the billing r claims mdules, select either Billing r Claims frm the main menu, Cnfiguratin, then Dcument Templates. 2. The Dcument Templates page pens in a new windw, cntaining a list f all available templates acrss all mdules. Tip: By default, nly Active templates are displayed. Clear the filter in the Status clumn t view all templates.

367 Managing Dcument Templates Page 361 If there are a large number f available templates, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate templates. 3. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing template. Click Add t add a new template. Check the bxes fr ne r mre templates and click Deactivate t disable the selected templates. A template can als be deactivated frm the Dcument Template windw. Inactive templates remain functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. 4. On viewing r adding a template, the Dcument Template windw pens. 5. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Descriptin Prduct Enter the name f the template. Enter a cde t identify the template internally. If this field is left blank, the system will generate a unique cde when the template is saved. Enter a descriptin f the template. Select a prduct. The template will nly be available t cnfiguratins within the same prduct.

368 Managing Dcument Templates Page 362 The Dcument Template panel is nly available when creating a new template. When viewing a saved template, this panel is replaced with the Dcument Template Versins panel. The infrmatin prvided here is used fr the first versin f the template. Effective Date Culture Dcument t Uplad An effective date can be defined fr the template versin. When a dcument is generated using this template, the effective date is used t select the apprpriate template versin. If multiple versins have the same effective date, the mst recently mdified versin is used. Select a culture fr the template versin. Click the buttn t pen a standard file selectin windw. Select the file t be attached and click Open. The full path and file name is displayed in the field.

369 Managing Dcument Templates Page 363 The Dcument Template Versins panel becmes available nce a template has been saved. This panel lists all versins f the template. a. Select an actin. Click a link in the Name clumn t view an existing template versin. Click a link in the File clumn t view the assciated template file. Click Add t add a new template versin. Check the bxes fr ne r mre template versins and click Deactivate t disable the selected versins. A versin can als be deactivated frm the Dcument Template Versin windw. Inactive template versins are nt cnsidered when the system is selecting the apprpriate versin t use. b. On viewing r adding a template versin, the Dcument Template Versin windw pens. c. The panels and fields are described belw. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name This field is nly displayed when viewing an existing template versin. This field displays the file name f the selected template file, nt including the file extensin.

370 Managing Dcument Templates Page 364 Descriptin Effective Date Culture Dcument t Uplad Enter a descriptin f the template versin. An effective date can be defined fr the template versin. When a dcument is generated using this template, the effective date is used t select the apprpriate template versin. If multiple versins have the same effective date, the mst recently mdified versin is used. Select a culture fr the template versin. Click the buttn t pen a standard file selectin windw. Select the file t be attached and click Open. The full path and file name is displayed in the field. The Status panel is available when viewing an existing template versin. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the template versin as active and available fr use. Inactive template versins are nt cnsidered when the system is selecting the apprpriate versin t use. Identifies the date and time the versin was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the versin was changed, and the user wh made the changes. d. Select an actin.

371 Managing Dcument Templates Page 365 Click Save & New t save the template versin and clear the frm t add additinal versins. Click Save & Clse t save the template versin and clse the windw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the template versin. Back in the Dcument Template windw, the Status panel is available when viewing an existing dcument template. Active Created By Last Mdified By Marks the dcument template as active and available fr use. Inactive templates remain functinal in existing cnfiguratins, but cannt be selected fr new cnfiguratins. Identifies the date and time the dcument template was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the dcument template was changed, and the user wh made the changes. 6. Select an actin. Click Save & New t save the dcument template and clear the frm t add additinal templates. Click Save & Clse t save the dcument template and clse the windw. Click Clse t clse the windw withut saving the dcument template.

372 Exprt / Imprt Page 366 Exprt / Imprt This sectin includes features fr sharing data with ther prgrams and cpying resurces between different Bridge Specialty Suite envirnments. The exprt and imprt f an entire prduct is a particularly pwerful feature. When develping an entirely new prduct, the wrkflw cntainer, master cver, and all related resurces can be assembled, tested, and apprved in a UAT envirnment, and then cpied in ne large piece t the prductin envirnment. If a prduct already exists in prductin, it can be cpied t the UAT envirnment where changes can be made, pssibly t implement valuable new features added t the system itself. The changes can be tested and apprved, then the whle prduct is cpied back t prductin, resulting in minimal dwntime fr the users. The exprt feature can als be used t make a backup f a prduct befre attempting risky changes that wuld be difficult t und. The file can be imprted back int the riginal system t restre the prduct t its riginal state (with sme exceptins, detailed in each sectin). Migrating Cntent Rather than manually rebuilding prducts and wrkflws in Wrkflw Cntainers, the system prvides tls t create new wrkflw cntainers and migrate existing resurces int the new cntainers. The migratin can be dne fr an entire prduct, r individual wrkflws. Migrating Prducts

373 Exprt / Imprt Page 367 The Migrate Prduct t Wrkflw Cntainer feature generates the crrespnding Wrkflw Cntainer f an existing master cver, including its assciated wrkflw and resurces. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Migrate Prduct t Wrkflw Cntainer panel. 2. In the Master Cver field, select a master cver. 3. Click Migrate t generate a wrkflw cntainer that crrespnds t the selected master cver and its assciated wrkflw. Nte: Usage f the Migrate feature must be carefully cnsidered. Once a specific master cver has been migrated, its assciated wrkflw can nly be published as a Wrkflw Cntainer. Migrating Wrkflws The Migrate Wrkflw t Wrkflw Cntainer feature generates the crrespnding Wrkflw Cntainer f an existing wrkflw, including the cmpnents f the wrkflw. This can be used if a wrkflw is nt assciated t a master cver, r if yu chse t keep the wrkflw but want t rebuild the prduct. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Migrate Wrkflw t Wrkflw Cntainer panel.

374 Exprt / Imprt Page In the Wrkflw field, select a wrkflw. 3. Click Migrate t generate a wrkflw cntainer that crrespnds t the selected wrkflw. Migrating Lkup Tables int Data Tables The Migrate Lkup Tables int Data Tables feature is used t transfer legacy Lkup Tables int Data Tables and crrespnding Data Table Instances. The new Data Tables are generated and stred in the Plicy Cmmn wrkflw cntainer nce migratin is cmplete. 1. Frm the main menu, select Prduct Design, then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Migrate Lkup Tables int Data Tables panel. The ptins fr migrating legacy lkup tables are displayed. Validate fr Duplicates Skip Duplicates If selected, the system checks the legacy Lkup Table cdes and cmpares it t the Data Table cdes. If duplicate cdes are detected, the system displays a list f the tables with the same cdes. This ptin des nt migrate any data. If selected, all Lkup Tables with unique cdes are migrated. Any legacy Lkup

375 Exprt / Imprt Page 369 Tables with the same cdes as existing Data Tables are ignred in the migratin. Overwrite Duplicates If selected, all Lkup Tables are migrated. The migratin deletes any existing Data Tables with the same cdes as the legacy Lkup Tables and creates new Data Tables with the migrated data. 2. In the Migratin Mde field, select a migratin ptin r validatin. 3. Click Prcess. Once the migratin is cmplete the Lkup Tables menu item under the Prduct Design menu will be remved. The menu item can be restred if it is necessary t access the legacy data. Cntact yur Insurity representative t request access. If duplicates exist, and bth the legacy lkup tables and the new data tables need t be kept, new cdes can be assigned t the legacy Lkup Tables and then migrated. Nte that any cntent dependent n the riginal lkup tables must be updated with the new cdes. This ensures that the frmulas pint t the crrect data in the envirnment after migratin. Nte that users shuld check fr duplicates nce mre prir t migrating again. Exprting Wrkflw Cntainers Entire wrkflw cntainers can be exprted t a file, then imprted back int the same site r a different site. This exprt includes all resurces within the cntainer. Unlike the exprt f prducts, the wrkflw cntainer exprt des nt include a master cver, prduct, r any related resurces cnfigured utside f the cntainer. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Exprt Wrkflw Cntainer panel.

376 Exprt / Imprt Page Select the Wrkflw Cntainer t be exprted. 3. Click Exprt t begin the prcess. This may take sme time, depending n the size and cmplexity f the cntainer. Once the data has been assembled, a standard brwser Save/Open dialgue bx appears t allw the file t be saved. Nte: The file name includes the name f the wrkflw cntainer, master cver, the date and time f exprt, and a system-generated cde number. Neither the file name nr the cntent f the file shuld be altered r the file will be rejected when trying t imprt. 4. The utput XML file can be imprted int anther system. See the Imprting Wrkflw Cntainers sectin. Imprting Wrkflw Cntainers The imprt feature allws a wrkflw cntainer exprt file t be imprted, creating a wrkflw cntainer with all resurces that were included in the exprted cntainer. 1. If the surce cntainer had any shared cntainers that d nt already exist in the target site, thse cntainers shuld be imprted first. 2. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Imprt Wrkflw Cntainer panel.

377 Exprt / Imprt Page Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Select File t Imprt Imprt Mde Click the buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate exprt file, and the file name and path appear in the field. A wrkflw cntainer may be imprted t a site where that cntainer already exists. This can be useful fr restring a previus versin, r intrducing changes that were intrduced and tested in anther site. This setting cntrls hw the system handles existing resurces during the imprt. Overwrite The imprted resurce replaces the existing resurce. Fr example, if an imprted panel has 5 fields, while the existing panel has 20 fields, the panel will have 5 fields after the imprt. Merge The imprted resurce is merged int the existing resurce. Fr example, an imprted panel has 5 new fields and 2 mdified fields that already existed, while the existing panel has 20 fields. The 5 fields are added and the 2 mdified fields are replaced, s the panel will have 25 fields after the imprt. Nte: The merge nly wrks fr fields in panels r grids, panels and grids in

378 Exprt / Imprt Page 372 screens, and screens in wrkflws. Any ther settings, such as respnsive disclsure settings, will be verwritten. 4. Click Imprt Wrkflw Cntainer t begin the prcess. a. The system validates the imprt file t cnfirm that it has nt been altered r crrupted. If the file fails validatin, the imprt stps and an errr message is displayed. A new exprt file must be generated fr imprt. b. The system checks that all required security rles are present in the destinatin system. If any rles are missing, the imprt stps and an errr message is displayed. The missing rles must be created befre attempting t imprt the file again. c. The system checks all included triggers fr invalid characters. If the angle brackets "<" ">" r ampersand "&" characters are fund in any triggers, the imprt stps and an errr message is displayed. The triggers must be crrected in the surce system, then a new exprt file must be generated fr imprt. d. The data is imprted. 5. After the imprt is cmplete, the wrkflw must be published befre submissins can be created. Nte: Cncurrency issues may ccur if ther users are wrking in the system during imprt. It is recmmended t perfrm the imprt during a maintenance windw r ther dwntime.

379 Exprt / Imprt Page 373 Exprting Prducts Entire wrkflw cntainers can be exprted t a file, then imprted back int the same site r a different site. This includes the master cver, plus either the wrkflw cntainer r the wrkflw and mst related resurces. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Exprt Prduct panel. 2. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Exprt Triggers Mdified as f Master Cver Include All Universal When exprting a master cver that has previusly been exprted and imprted int anther site, a new exprt can be set t nly include triggers that have been mdified r added t the master cver as f a certain date. This will reduce the size f the exprt file and speed up the exprt and imprt prcess. Enter the date, r select the date frm the calendar lkup. Select the master cver t be exprted. The master cver shuld be set t Draft mde befre exprt. Check this bx t include all universal triggers in the system. If unchecked, nly the triggers

380 Exprt / Imprt Page 374 Triggers used in the prduct and assciated resurces are included, bth universal and wrkflw related. Ntes: The exprt includes bth Active and Inactive triggers in rder t maintain necessary system links. All elements in the wrkflw and ther resurces shuld have a Cde. If a necessary cde is missing, the exprt will stp and reprt the missing details. Any triggers referenced in dcument templates are nt included. If these triggers are nt used elsewhere in the prduct, they must be recreated in the target system. When using the Exprt Triggers Mdified as f ptin, the exprt file shuld nly be imprted n tp f a previus imprt. Imprting t a new lcatin may result in missing triggers that culd cause errrs. 3. Click Exprt t begin the prcess. This may take sme time, depending n the size and cmplexity f the prduct. Once the data has been assembled, a standard brwser Save/Open dialgue bx appears t allw the file t be saved. The utput XML file can be imprted int anther system. See the Imprting Prducts feature belw. Nte: The file name includes the name f the master cver, the date and time f exprt, and a system-generated cde number. Neither the file name nr the cntent f the file shuld be altered r the file will be rejected when trying t imprt. If the master cver uses a wrkflw frm a wrkflw cntainer, the master cver and assciated wrkflw cntainer are included in the exprt. If the master cver uses a legacy wrkflw, the fllwing resurces are included in the exprt. Fields Fields used in the wrkflw.

381 Exprt / Imprt Page 375 Panels Screens Wrkflw Optin Lists Master Cver Panels used in the wrkflw. Screens used in the wrkflw. The wrkflw selected in the master cver. All ptin lists included in the wrkflw attached t the selected master cver, and any ptin lists attached t the master cver itself. All pages and settings are included except fr Prduct Descriptin which must be manually cpied t the new system. The Insurers settings are included, but the cmpanies themselves are nt. Likewise, the Master Cver Assciatins frm the Distributr Infrmatin cnfiguratins are included, while the cmpanies themselves are nt. Each cmpany must exist in the target system with the same Cde as n the surce system. If a cmpany is nt present at the time f imprt, r has the wrng Cde, the settings fr that cmpany are discarded frm the master cver and must be recreated manually. The Plicy Numbering page is cpied, but if the imprt verwrites an existing master cver, the Next Sequence Number in the existing master cver is nt verwritten. Fr attachment types listed in the Attachment Type Settings panel n the Plicy Settings page, nly the types included in the currently attached list will be exprted. Clauses Prduct Prduct Mdel The clauses attached t the master cver. The prduct selected in the master cver. If the wrkflw includes any Cmb Bx type fields, the fields will be included as well as the assciated prduct that cntains the data fr the field.

382 Exprt / Imprt Page 376 Premium Types All premium types available t the selected master cver, including thse with the same line f business r all lines f business. Templates All active cnfiguratins in the master cver are included, as well as the assciated e- mail templates. Inactive cnfiguratins are excluded. Triggers Taxes All triggers assciated with the prduct, including inactive triggers. Als includes universal triggers nt directly assciated t the prduct, if that ptin is checked. The tax and fee cnfiguratins attached t the master cver.

383 Exprt / Imprt Page 377 Imprting Prducts Initiating an imprt is a simple enugh actin, but it is imprtant t understand the prcess that ccurs behind-the-scenes and the results f the imprt. 1. Preparatin: Sme steps shuld be taken t prepare the destinatin system, allwing fr a smth imprt. If a master cver exists in the destinatin system with the same cde as the surce master cver, it shuld be exprted and kept as a backup, allwing the riginal t be restred. Any security rles referenced in the master cver, wrkflw, r resurces must exist in the destinatin system. They can be recreated manually, r the Exprt / Imprt Security Rles feature can be used t cpy the rles prir t imprting the prduct. Only rles that are actually selected need t be available. Any dcument templates attached the master cver must exist in the destinatin system. The Exprt Dcument Templates and Imprt Dcument Templates features can be used t cpy the templates prir t imprting the prduct. Sme resurces may be shared between multiple master cvers n the destinatin system. Overwriting these resurces culd cause prblems with the ther master cvers. Identify such dependencies and create alternate resurces wherever pssible. Any triggers t be included shuld be checked t ensure they d nt cntain the angle brackets "<" ">" r ampersand "&" characters. All insurer and distributr cmpanies linked t the master cver must be recreated in the destinatin system, with the same Cdes used in the surce system. If any cmpanies already exist in the destinatin system and have the same

384 Exprt / Imprt Page 378 cdes as cmpanies linked t the prduct, thse cmpanies will be linked t the prduct n imprt. Such cmpanies must be manually remved frm the prduct after imprt is cmplete, and replaced with the prper cmpanies. 2. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Imprt Prduct panel. 3. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Select File t Imprt Wrkflw Cnfiguratin Type Click the buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate exprt file, and the file name and path appear in the field. Select whether the cntent f the imprt file includes a legacy Wrkflw r a Wrkflw Cntainer.

385 Exprt / Imprt Page 379 Imprt Mde Resurces such as wrkflws, screens, and panels may be imprted t a site where thse resurces already exists. This can be useful fr restring previus versins, r intrducing changes that were intrduced and tested in anther site. This setting cntrls hw the system handles existing resurces during the imprt. Override The imprted resurce replaces the existing resurce. Fr example, if an imprted panel has 5 fields, while the existing panel has 20 fields, the panel will have 5 fields after the imprt. Merge The imprted resurce is merged int the existing resurce. Fr example, an imprted panel has 5 new fields and 2 mdified fields that already existed, while the existing panel has 20 fields. The 5 fields are added and the 2 mdified fields are replaced, s the panel will have 25 fields after the imprt. Keep Distributr Assciatin Include Integratin Endpint Cdes Imprt Lg If unchecked, imprting a prduct n tp f an existing prduct will verwrite the distributr cnfiguratins assciated t the master cver. Checking this bx keeps the current distributr cnfiguratin in the destinatin prduct. The Endpint Cde fr an integratin cnfiguratin will ften need t be mdified when mving frm ne envirnment t anther. With this ptin unchecked, the cdes will nt be imprted and can be added after imprt. With this ptin checked, the cdes will be included and can be adjusted after imprt, if necessary. After imprt, any messages r errrs will be displayed in this field. 4. Click Imprt Prduct t begin the prcess. (the Imprt Wrkflw buttn is nt used) a. The system validates the imprt file t cnfirm that it has nt been altered r crrupted. If the file fails validatin, the imprt stps and an errr message is displayed. A new exprt file must be generated fr imprt.

386 Exprt / Imprt Page 380 b. The system checks that all required security rles are present in the destinatin system. If any rles are missing, the imprt stps and an errr message is displayed. The missing rles must be created befre attempting t imprt the file again. c. The system checks all included triggers fr invalid characters. If the angle brackets "<" ">" r ampersand "&" characters are fund in any triggers, the imprt stps and an errr message is displayed. The triggers must be crrected in the surce system, then a new exprt file must be generated fr imprt. d. All wrkflw cmpnents (fields, panels, screens, wrkflw, ptins lists) are identified by the Cde visible in the management pages. If a cmpnent being exprted has the same Cde as a cmpnent in the destinatin system, they are cnsidered the same item, and the destinatin cmpnent will be either attached t the prduct, r verwritten, depending n the imprt settings. e. The wrkflw data is imprted (fields, panels, screens, wrkflw, ptins lists). f. Resurces are imprted (premium types, prducts, clauses, triggers, taxes). g. Master cver settings are imprted. If the settings refer t any universal triggers, and universal triggers were nt included in the exprt, the imprt cntinues and the missing triggers are identified n cmpletin. h. Insurer and distributr cmpanies are linked t the imprted master cver. If any cmpany is missing r the Cde des nt match, the settings fr that cmpany are mitted frm the master cver. The imprt cntinues and the missing cmpanies are identified n cmpletin. The cmpany settings must be cnfigured manually after imprt has cmpleted. i. templates are imprted and attached t the imprted master cver. If any user accunts listed as recipients in the template d nt exist in the destinatin system, the imprt cntinues and the missing cmpanies are identified in the results field n cmpletin. The setup f the recipient users can be crrected after imprt has cmpleted. 5. Once the imprt has cmpleted r stpped due t an errr, the Imprt Lg windw is ppulated with the relevant messages and errrs frm the imprt. Cpy the text (click inside the field, press Ctrl + A t select all text, then Ctrl + C t cpy) and save

387 Exprt / Imprt Page 381 it fr future reference. This text can be used fr trubleshting r as a checklist f items that must be crrected after the imprt. 6. After the imprt is cmplete and the results have been cpied and saved, clse any additinal brwser windws and lg ut f the system. This clears the sessin data accumulated in the Imprt/Exprt prcess. 7. Once all crrectins have been made, the wrkflw must be published befre submissins can be created. Please nte that if the Wrkflw Cnfiguratin Type is set t Wrkflw Cntainer, the wrkflw must be published frm within the cntainer. Nte: Cncurrency issues may ccur if ther users are wrking in the system during imprt. It is recmmended t perfrm the imprt during a maintenance windw r ther dwntime.

388 Exprt / Imprt Page 382 Exprting and Imprting Dcument Templates The dcument templates assciated t a master cver are nt included in the prduct exprt / imprt. These are handled separately n the Exprt / Imprt Dcument Templates page. T get t the Exprt / Imprt Dcument Templates page, select Prduct Design frm the main menu, then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Exprt / Imprt Dcument Templates panel and click n the Exprt / Imprt Dcument Templates link. The Exprt / Imprt Dcument Templates page pens. Exprting Dcument Templates Exprting dcument templates is handled in the Exprt Dcument Templates panel. 1. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Exprt Dcuments Mdified as f Leave this field blank t exprt all dcument templates assciated t the selected master cver, r prvide a date t nly include templates created r mdified n r after a certain day. Enter the date, r select the date frm the calendar lkup.

389 Exprt / Imprt Page 383 Prduct Select the prduct assciated t the templates t be exprted. 2. Click Exprt Dcument Templates t begin the prcess. Once the data has been assembled, a standard brwser Save/Open dialgue bx appears t allw the file t be saved. The utput ZIP file can be imprted int anther system. See the Imprting Dcument Templates feature belw. Imprting Dcument Templates Imprting dcument templates is handled in the Imprt Dcument Templates panel. 1. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Select File t Imprt Imprt Lg Click the buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate exprt file, and the file name and path appear in the field. After imprt, any messages r errrs will be displayed in this field. 2. Click Imprt Dcument Templates t begin the prcess.

390 Exprt / Imprt Page Once the imprt has cmpleted r stpped due t an errr, the Imprt Lg windw is ppulated with the relevant messages and errrs frm the imprt. Cpy the text (click inside the field, press Ctrl + A t select all text, then Ctrl + C t cpy) and save it fr future reference. This text can be used fr trubleshting r as a checklist f items that must be crrected after the imprt. Exprting Dmain Rate Tables The Dmain Rate Tables are nt included in the prduct exprt / imprt. These are handled separately in the Exprt Dmain Rate Tables and Imprt Dmain Rate Tables panels. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Exprt Dmain Rate Tables panel.

391 Exprt / Imprt Page Select the Wrkflw Cntainer that cntains the Dmain Rate Tables t be exprted. 3. Select the Data Table Instances t be exprted in the Include / Exclude field. 4. Click the Exprt Dmain Rate Tables buttn t begin the prcess. This may take sme time, depending n the size f the table. Once the data has been assembled, a standard brwser Save/Open dialgue bx appears t allw the file t be saved. Save the file as a.zip extensin. Nte: The file name includes the name f the Wrkflw Cntainer and the date and time f exprt. 5. The utput XML file can be imprted int anther system. See the Imprting Dmain Rate Tables sectin. Imprting Dmain Rate Tables The imprt feature allws a Dmain Rate Table exprt file t be imprted, creating a Dmain Rate Table Instance with all the data included in the exprted table. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Imprt Dmain Rate Table panel. 2. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin.

392 Exprt / Imprt Page 386 Select File t Imprt Imprt Lg Click the buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate exprt file, and the file name and path appear in the field. After imprt, any messages r errrs will be displayed in this field. 3. Click Imprt Dmain Rate Tables t begin the prcess. 4. Once the imprt has cmpleted r stpped due t an errr, the Imprt Lg windw is ppulated with the relevant messages and errrs frm the imprt. Cpy the text (click inside the field, press Ctrl + A t select all text, then Ctrl + C t cpy) and save it fr future reference. This text can be used fr trubleshting r as a checklist f items that must be crrected after the imprt. 5. After the imprt is cmplete, the wrkflw must be published befre the Dmain Rate Table Instance becmes available. Nte: When imprting a Dmain Rate Table Instance, the same Wrkflw Cntainer must exist in bth the exprt and imprt system.

393 Exprt / Imprt Page 387 Upn imprt, the system will verify fr duplicates. Any new instances are added t the target system, and any existing instances are replaced with the values frm the imprted instance. In rder t accurately identify duplicates, Key Clumns shuld be used fr each instance. If Key Clumns are nt identified, duplicate entries will be created.

394 Exprt / Imprt Page 388 Exprting Lkup Tables The standard lkup tables are nt included in the prduct exprt / imprt. These are handled separately in the Exprt Lkup Tables and Imprt Lkup Tables panels. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Exprt Lkup Tables panel. 2. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Exprt Lkup Tables Lkup Tables Chse All t include all lkup tables in the system, r chse Select Frm List t include ne r mre specific tables. This list is enabled if Select Frm List has been chsen in the Exprt Lkup Tables field. Select ne r mre tables and mve them t the right windw t include them in the exprt.

395 Exprt / Imprt Page Click Exprt Lkup Tables t begin the prcess. Once the data has been assembled, a standard brwser Save/Open dialgue bx appears t allw the file t be saved. The utput ZIP file can be imprted int anther system. See the Imprt Lkup Tables feature belw.

396 Exprt / Imprt Page 390 Imprting Lkup Tables The standard lkup tables are nt included in the prduct exprt / imprt. These are handled separately in the Exprt Lkup Tables and Imprt Lkup Tables panels. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Imprt Lkup Tables panel. 2. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Select File t Imprt Imprt Lg Click the buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate exprt file, and the file name and path appear in the field. After imprt, any messages r errrs will be displayed in this field. 3. Click Imprt Lkup Tables t begin the prcess.

397 Exprt / Imprt Page 391 T ensure the tables are unique in the destinatin, the names will be updated t add the text "-Imprted" fllwed by the full date and time. 4. Once the imprt has cmpleted r stpped due t an errr, the Imprt Lg windw is ppulated with the relevant messages and errrs frm the imprt. Cpy the text (click inside the field, press Ctrl + A t select all text, then Ctrl + C t cpy) and save it fr future reference. This text can be used fr trubleshting r as a checklist f items that must be crrected after the imprt.

398 Exprt / Imprt Page 392 Exprting and Imprting Security Rles Security Rle cnfiguratins are nt included in the prduct exprt / imprt. These are handled separately in the Exprt / Imprt Security Rles panel. 1. In the surce envirnment, g t the main menu, select Prduct Design then Exprt / Imprt. The Exprt / Imprt page pens. G t the Exprt / Imprt Security Rles panel. 2. Click Exprt Security Rles t begin the exprt. Once the data has been assembled, a standard brwser Save/Open dialgue bx appears t allw the file t be saved. 3. T imprt the file, g t the Exprt / Imprt Security Rles panel in the target system. Select Security File t Imprt Click the buttn t pen a standard file brwser windw. Lcate and select the apprpriate exprt file. The file name appears in the field.

399 Exprt / Imprt Page 393 Imprt Lg After imprt, any messages r errrs will be displayed in this field. 4. Click Imprt Security Rles t begin the prcess. If an existing rle in the target envirnment has the same Cde as an imprted rle, the existing rle will be replaced. 5. Once the imprt has cmpleted r stpped due t an errr, the Imprt Lg windw is ppulated with the relevant messages and errrs frm the imprt. Cpy the text (click inside the field, press Ctrl + A t select all text, then Ctrl + C t cpy) and save it fr future reference. This text can be used fr trubleshting r as a checklist f items that must be crrected after the imprt.

400 Exprt / Imprt Page 394 Dwnlad Wrd Ribbn Wrkflw File In rder t use the Wrd Ribbn t insert system placehlders in dcument templates, yu must first save the current system layut t a file. The file is then imprted int Wrd. 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Exprt / Imprt. 2. Under the Wrd Add-in Wrkflw file panel, click Dwnlad. 3. A standard File Dwnlad windw pens. Click Save t save the file t yur cmputer. 4. Select a lcatin and enter a filename, then click Save. 5. T imprt the data int Wrd, see the Ppulating the Oceanwide Wrd Ribbn sectin f the User Guide - Dcument Cnfiguratin dcument fr detailed instructins.

401 Master Cvers Page 395 Master Cvers Managing Master Cvers is an extensive and detailed prcess. Fr detailed instructins, please see the Managing Master Cvers sectin f the User Guide - Master Cvers dcument.

402 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins Page 396 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins In general, plicy data is islated t a single plicy and its assciated transactins. Dcuments, s, and calculated fields can nly access infrmatin frm the current plicy, plus cmmn system infrmatin. Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins can be created as a repsitry fr data frm selected fields acrss plicies, and even acrss prducts. This data becmes available fr use in calculated fields within individual transactins, and can be used t perfrm cmparisns r searches. When a transactin cntains data marked fr cllectin, any time that transactin is imprted, bund (including cnfirming Cancellatins and Reinstatements), quted (calculated qutes r issued qutes), r saved while in Bund status, the relevant data is cllected and stred in the repsitry. If the transactin is deleted r set t Lst status, the stred data fr that transactin is remved. Functins within calculated fields can access the mst recent data fr prcessing. Creating a New Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratin 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins. A list f all available cnfiguratins is displayed.

403 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins Page Click Add. The Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratin page pens. 3. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. Name Cde Data Type Descriptin Enter the name f the cnfiguratin. This is an internal reference name generated by the system when the cnfiguratin is saved. The data stred in the repsitry must be f the same type t ensure cmpatibility with the utputs. Select the type f data expected t be stred. Enter a descriptin f this cnfiguratin. 4. Click Save t save the cnfiguratin and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the crss-plicy data cnfiguratin list, r click Clse t return t the crss-plicy data cnfiguratin list withut saving the cnfiguratin. 5. On saving the cnfiguratin, additinal cnfiguratin panels becme available.

404 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins Page 398 The Assciated Fields panel lists all fields currently linked t the cnfiguratin. Data will be cllected frm these fields wherever they are used within the Assciated Prducts selected belw. a. T add fields t the list, click Add. The Available Fields windw pens.

405 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins Page 399 The list cntains all available fields matching the selected Data Type, nt including fields that are already attached t the cnfiguratin. Fields that can cntain multiple values, such as Include/Exclude and Multi-Select, are nt supprted and will nt be displayed. The clumns can be srted and filtered t lcate the necessary fields. b. Click Add fr each field t be included in the cnfiguratin. Each field is grayed ut as it is selected. c. Click Bulk Add t clse the windw and add the selected fields t the Assciated Fields list. The Assciated Prducts panel lists all prducts linked t the cnfiguratin. Data will nly be cllected frm Assciated Fields within the selected prducts. Created By Last Mdified By Identifies the date and time the cnfiguratin was created, and the user wh created it. Identifies the last date and time the cnfiguratin was changed, and the user wh made the

406 Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins Page 400 changes. 6. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the crss-plicy data cnfiguratin list, r click Clse t return t the crss-plicy data cnfiguratin list withut saving any changes. Viewing and Mdifying a Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratin 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratins. A list f all available cnfiguratins is displayed. 2. Click a link in the Name clumn t view the cnfiguratin details. If there are a large number f available cnfiguratins, see the Using Grids sectin f the User Guide - Intrductin dcument fr help n finding the apprpriate cnfiguratin. 3. See the sectin n Creating a New Crss-Plicy Data Cnfiguratin fr a detailed descriptin f the fields. All fields may be edited, if necessary, except the Cde. 4. Click Save t save any changes and remain n the page, click Save & Clse t save and return t the crss-plicy data cnfiguratin list, r click Clse t return t the crss-plicy data cnfiguratin list withut saving any changes.

407 Impact Assessments Page 401 Impact Assessments An Impact Assessment is a system-generated reprt that summarizes hw existing transactins wuld differ if they were created under the newest versin f their master cver. When the impact assessment runs, a user-defined list f plicy terms have their transactins cpied by the system. Each f these transactin cpies then underges the qute calculatin and Bind prcesses as defined by the mst recently published versin f the master cver. The system then analyzes all the differences between each riginal transactin and its cpy. The results f this analysis are then displayed n the Impact Assessment Results page. Ntes: The system analyzes nly the fllwing transactin types: New Business, Endrsement, Renewal and Adjustment. The system ignres any master cver settings that specify rules fr cpying transactins. This ensures that all values in the cpied transactin are identical t thse in the riginal. Creating an Impact Assessment 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then select Impact Assessment. The Impact Assessment List page pens.

408 Impact Assessments Page Click Start New. The Impact Assessment Request page pens. 3. Cmplete the necessary infrmatin. Fields marked with a red asterisk * are required. The General Infrmatin panel is used t create a query that will return a list f plicy terms fr a specified master cver. The plicies whse transactins will be summarized in the impact assessment can then be chsen frm the list. Name Descriptin Master Cver Term Effective Date Enter a name fr the impact assessment. Enter a descriptin fr the impact assessment. Select the master cver whse transactins will be analyzed by the impact assessment. All plicies whse Term Effective Date falls within this range are returned by the query. If n dates are specified, all plicies fr the selected Master Cver are returned.

409 Impact Assessments Page 403 Nte: Fr any Impact Assessment Request, this panel is nly available befre the user presses the Start buttn. Once the buttn is pressed, infrmatin abut the impact assessment will be available in a rw in the grid n the Impact Assessment List page. Within the grid, the impact assessment request s Name will appear in the Name clumn, and its master cver will appear in the Prduct clumn. 4. Click Search. A list f available plicy terms is displayed. Sme clumns have been hidden. 5. In the first clumn, check the bx fr each plicy term t be included in the impact assessment. 6. Click Start t submit the impact assessment request t the system and return t the Impact Assessment List page, r click Clse t cancel the impact assessment request. Once the impact assessment request has been submitted, its prgress can be viewed n the Impact Assessment List page. Fr infrmatin n viewing an impact assessment, see the Viewing an Impact Assessment sectin. Ntes: The impact assessment prcess may take an extended perid f time, depending n the number f transactins t be analyzed. After submitting the request and returning t the Impact Assessment List page, yu can cntinue using the system nrmally until the impact assessment is cmplete.

410 Impact Assessments Page 404 Partial results becme available as plicy terms are prcessed. Viewing the Impact Assessment displays all results available at the time. Viewing an Impact Assessment 1. In the main menu, select Prduct Design, then Impact Assessment. The Impact Assessment List page pens. Name Prduct Status Descriptin Started On Cmpleted On Prgress Submitted By Displays the name f the impact assessment. Displays the Master Cver selected fr the impact assessment. Displays the status f the impact assessment. Displays the descriptin f the impact assessment. Displays the date and time the prcessing was started. Displays the date and time the prcessing was cmpleted. Displays the number f selected transactins that have been prcessed. Displays the address f the user that submitted the impact assessment request.

411 Impact Assessments Page Click n the hyperlink in the Name clumn fr the impact assessment that yu want t view. 3. The Impact Assessment Results page pens, and the Request Summary widget appears n the left side f the screen. Name Prduct Submitted By Status Displays the name f the impact assessment. Displays the Master Cver f the transactins that were analyzed by the impact assessment. Displays the address f the user that submitted the impact assessment request. Displays the status f the impact assessment: Scheduled The impact assessment request has been submitted, but the system has nt yet begun prcessing the request. In Prgress The system is currently prcessing the request. Cmpleted The system has cmpleted the impact assessment. Cmpleted With Errrs The system has cmpleted the impact assessment but errrs have ccurred.

Adverse Action Letters

Adverse Action Letters Adverse Actin Letters Setup and Usage Instructins The FRS Adverse Actin Letter mdule was designed t prvide yu with a very elabrate and sphisticated slutin t help autmate and handle all f yur Adverse Actin

More information

ClassFlow Administrator User Guide

ClassFlow Administrator User Guide ClassFlw Administratr User Guide ClassFlw User Engagement Team April 2017 www.classflw.cm 1 Cntents Overview... 3 User Management... 3 Manual Entry via the User Management Page... 4 Creating Individual

More information

Using the Swiftpage Connect List Manager

Using the Swiftpage Connect List Manager Quick Start Guide T: Using the Swiftpage Cnnect List Manager The Swiftpage Cnnect List Manager can be used t imprt yur cntacts, mdify cntact infrmatin, create grups ut f thse cntacts, filter yur cntacts

More information

Integrating QuickBooks with TimePro

Integrating QuickBooks with TimePro Integrating QuickBks with TimePr With TimePr s QuickBks Integratin Mdule, yu can imprt and exprt data between TimePr and QuickBks. Imprting Data frm QuickBks The TimePr QuickBks Imprt Facility allws data

More information

Using the Swiftpage Connect List Manager

Using the Swiftpage Connect List Manager Quick Start Guide T: Using the Swiftpage Cnnect List Manager The Swiftpage Cnnect List Manager can be used t imprt yur cntacts, mdify cntact infrmatin, create grups ut f thse cntacts, filter yur cntacts

More information

The Reporting Tool. An Overview of HHAeXchange s Reporting Tool

The Reporting Tool. An Overview of HHAeXchange s Reporting Tool HHAeXchange The Reprting Tl An Overview f HHAeXchange s Reprting Tl Cpyright 2017 Hmecare Sftware Slutins, LLC One Curt Square 44th Flr Lng Island City, NY 11101 Phne: (718) 407-4633 Fax: (718) 679-9273

More information

INSTALLING CCRQINVOICE

INSTALLING CCRQINVOICE INSTALLING CCRQINVOICE Thank yu fr selecting CCRQInvice. This dcument prvides a quick review f hw t install CCRQInvice. Detailed instructins can be fund in the prgram manual. While this may seem like a

More information

RISKMAN REFERENCE GUIDE TO USER MANAGEMENT (Non-Network Logins)

RISKMAN REFERENCE GUIDE TO USER MANAGEMENT (Non-Network Logins) Intrductin This reference guide is aimed at managers wh will be respnsible fr managing users within RiskMan where RiskMan is nt cnfigured t use netwrk lgins. This guide is used in cnjunctin with the respective

More information

Relius Documents ASP Checklist Entry

Relius Documents ASP Checklist Entry Relius Dcuments ASP Checklist Entry Overview Checklist Entry is the main data entry interface fr the Relius Dcuments ASP system. The data that is cllected within this prgram is used primarily t build dcuments,

More information

User Guide. Document Version: 1.0. Solution Version:

User Guide. Document Version: 1.0. Solution Version: User Guide Dcument Versin: 1.0 Slutin Versin: 365.082017.3.1 Table f Cntents Prduct Overview... 3 Hw t Install and Activate Custmer Satisfactin Survey Slutin?... 4 Security Rles in Custmer Satisfactin

More information

MOS Access 2013 Quick Reference

MOS Access 2013 Quick Reference MOS Access 2013 Quick Reference Exam 77-424: MOS Access 2013 Objectives http://www.micrsft.cm/learning/en-us/exam.aspx?id=77-424 Create and Manage a Database Create a New Database This bjective may include

More information

The Login Page Designer

The Login Page Designer The Lgin Page Designer A new Lgin Page tab is nw available when yu g t Site Cnfiguratin. The purpse f the Admin Lgin Page is t give fundatin staff the pprtunity t build a custm, yet simple, layut fr their

More information

TRAINING GUIDE. Lucity Mobile

TRAINING GUIDE. Lucity Mobile TRAINING GUIDE The Lucity mbile app gives users the pwer f the Lucity tls while in the field. They can lkup asset infrmatin, review and create wrk rders, create inspectins, and many mre things. This manual

More information

Network Rail ARMS - Asbestos Risk Management System. Training Guide for use of the Import Survey Template

Network Rail ARMS - Asbestos Risk Management System. Training Guide for use of the Import Survey Template Netwrk Rail ARMS - Asbests Risk Management System Training Guide fr use f the Imprt Survey Template The ARMS Imprt Survey Template New Asbests Management Surveys and their Survey Detail reprts can be added

More information

UnivRS Information Guide: CV Activities and Contributions

UnivRS Information Guide: CV Activities and Contributions UnivRS Infrmatin Guide: CV Activities and Cntributins March 2016 Table f Cntents 1. Intrductin... 3 2. UnivRS Lgin... 3 3. UnivRS Dashbard... 4 3.1 Switch Rle... 4 3.2 My Settings... 5 4. CV Activities...

More information

Uploading Files with Multiple Loans

Uploading Files with Multiple Loans Uplading Files with Multiple Lans Descriptin & Purpse Reprting Methds References Per the MHA Handbk, servicers are required t prvide peridic lan level data fr activity related t the Making Hme Affrdable

More information

CLIC ADMIN USER S GUIDE

CLIC ADMIN USER S GUIDE With CLiC (Classrm In Cntext), teaching and classrm instructin becmes interactive, persnalized, and fcused. This digital-based curriculum, designed by Gale, is flexible allwing teachers t make their classrm

More information

Test Pilot User Guide

Test Pilot User Guide Test Pilt User Guide Adapted frm http://www.clearlearning.cm Accessing Assessments and Surveys Test Pilt assessments and surveys are designed t be delivered t anyne using a standard web brwser and thus

More information

Kaltura Video Extension for IBM Connections User Guide. Version: 1.0

Kaltura Video Extension for IBM Connections User Guide. Version: 1.0 Kaltura Vide Extensin fr IBM Cnnectins User Guide Versin: 1.0 Kaltura Business Headquarters 5 Unin Square West, Suite 602, New Yrk, NY, 10003, USA Tel.: +1 800 871 5224 Cpyright 2014 Kaltura Inc. All Rights

More information

InformationNOW Letters

InformationNOW Letters InfrmatinNOW Letters Abut this Guide This Quick Reference Guide prvides an verview f letters in InfrmatinNOW. There are three types f letters: Student: May be used t create varius letters, frms, custmized

More information

Procurement Contract Portal. User Guide

Procurement Contract Portal. User Guide Prcurement Cntract Prtal User Guide Cntents Intrductin...2 Access the Prtal...2 Hme Page...2 End User My Cntracts...2 Buttns, Icns, and the Actin Bar...3 Create a New Cntract Request...5 Requester Infrmatin...5

More information

Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects

Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects Nvember 22, 2017 - Versin 9.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

More information

INSERTING MEDIA AND OBJECTS

INSERTING MEDIA AND OBJECTS INSERTING MEDIA AND OBJECTS This sectin describes hw t insert media and bjects using the RS Stre Website Editr. Basic Insert features gruped n the tlbar. LINKS The Link feature f the Editr is a pwerful

More information

InformationNOW Letters

InformationNOW Letters InfrmatinNOW Letters Abut this Guide This Quick Reference Guide prvides an verview f letters in InfrmatinNOW. There are three types f letters: Student: May be used t create varius letters, frms, custmized

More information

The following screens show some of the extra features provided by the Extended Order Entry screen:

The following screens show some of the extra features provided by the Extended Order Entry screen: SmartFinder Orders Extended Order Entry Extended Order Entry is an enhanced replacement fr the Sage Order Entry screen. It prvides yu with mre functinality while entering an rder, and fast access t rder,

More information

ClubRunner. Volunteers Module Guide

ClubRunner. Volunteers Module Guide ClubRunner Vlunteers Mdule Guide 2014 Vlunteer Mdule Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS Overview... 3 Basic vs. Enhanced Versins... 3 Navigatin... 4 Create New Vlunteer Signup List... 5 Manage Vlunteer Tasks... 7

More information

BANNER BASICS. What is Banner? Banner Environment. My Banner. Pages. What is it? What form do you use? Steps to create a personal menu

BANNER BASICS. What is Banner? Banner Environment. My Banner. Pages. What is it? What form do you use? Steps to create a personal menu BANNER BASICS What is Banner? Definitin Prduct Mdules Self-Service-Fish R Net Lg int Banner Banner Envirnment The Main Windw My Banner Pages What is it? What frm d yu use? Steps t create a persnal menu

More information

Wave IP 4.5. CRMLink Desktop User Guide

Wave IP 4.5. CRMLink Desktop User Guide Wave IP 4.5 CRMLink Desktp User Guide 2015 by Vertical Cmmunicatins, Inc. All rights reserved. Vertical Cmmunicatins and the Vertical Cmmunicatins lg and cmbinatins theref and Vertical ViewPint, Wave Cntact

More information

REFWORKS: STEP-BY-STEP HURST LIBRARY NORTHWEST UNIVERSITY

REFWORKS: STEP-BY-STEP HURST LIBRARY NORTHWEST UNIVERSITY REFWORKS: STEP-BY-STEP HURST LIBRARY NORTHWEST UNIVERSITY Accessing RefWrks Access RefWrks frm a link in the Bibligraphy/Citatin sectin f the Hurst Library web page (http://library.nrthwestu.edu) Create

More information

Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects

Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects January 29, 2018 - Versin 9.5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

More information

HW4 Software version 3. Device Manager and Data Logging LOG-RC Series Data Loggers

HW4 Software version 3. Device Manager and Data Logging LOG-RC Series Data Loggers Page 1 f 18 HW4 Sftware versin 3 Device Manager and Data Lgging LOG-RC Series Data Lggers 2011; Page 2 f 18 Table f cntents 1 ORGANIZATION OF THE HW4 MANUALS... 3 2 OVERVIEW... 4 3 INITIAL SETUP... 4 3.1

More information

InformationNOW Letters

InformationNOW Letters InfrmatinNOW Letters Abut this Guide This Quick Reference Guide prvides an verview f letters in InfrmatinNOW. There are three types f letters: Student: May be used t create varius letters, frms, custmized

More information

DocAve 6 Granular Backup and Restore

DocAve 6 Granular Backup and Restore DcAve 6 Granular Backup and Restre User Guide Service Pack 3 Revisin H Issued August 2013 1 Table f Cntents Abut DcAve Granular Backup and Restre... 5 Cmplementary Prducts... 5 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback

More information

Municode Website Instructions

Municode Website Instructions Municde Website instructins Municde Website Instructins The new and imprved Municde site allws yu t navigate t, print, save, e-mail and link t desired sectins f the Online Cde f Ordinances with greater

More information

Reference Guide. Service Pack 3 Cumulative Update 2. Revision J Issued October DocAve 6: Control Panel

Reference Guide. Service Pack 3 Cumulative Update 2. Revision J Issued October DocAve 6: Control Panel DcAve 6 Cntrl Panel Reference Guide Service Pack 3 Cumulative Update 2 Revisin J Issued Octber 2013 DcAve 6: Cntrl Panel 1 Table f Cntents Abut Cntrl Panel... 6 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint...

More information

Extended Vendors lets you: Maintain vendors across multiple Sage 300 companies using the Copy Vendors functionality. o

Extended Vendors lets you: Maintain vendors across multiple Sage 300 companies using the Copy Vendors functionality. o Extended Vendrs Extended Vendrs is an enhanced replacement fr the Sage Vendrs frm. It prvides yu with mre infrmatin while entering a PO and fast access t additinal PO, Vendr, and Item infrmatin. Extended

More information

Please contact technical support if you have questions about the directory that your organization uses for user management.

Please contact technical support if you have questions about the directory that your organization uses for user management. Overview ACTIVE DATA CALENDAR LDAP/AD IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE Active Data Calendar allws fr the use f single authenticatin fr users lgging int the administrative area f the applicatin thrugh LDAP/AD. LDAP

More information

Element Creator for Enterprise Architect

Element Creator for Enterprise Architect Element Creatr User Guide Element Creatr fr Enterprise Architect Element Creatr fr Enterprise Architect... 1 Disclaimer... 2 Dependencies... 2 Overview... 2 Limitatins... 3 Installatin... 4 Verifying the

More information

Configuring Database & SQL Query Monitoring With Sentry-go Quick & Plus! monitors

Configuring Database & SQL Query Monitoring With Sentry-go Quick & Plus! monitors Cnfiguring Database & SQL Query Mnitring With Sentry-g Quick & Plus! mnitrs 3Ds (UK) Limited, Nvember, 2013 http://www.sentry-g.cm Be Practive, Nt Reactive! One f the best ways f ensuring a database is

More information

DocAve 6 Service Pack 2 Control Panel

DocAve 6 Service Pack 2 Control Panel DcAve 6 Service Pack 2 Cntrl Panel Reference Guide Revisin D Issued February 2013 DcAve 6: Cntrl Panel 1 Table f Cntents Abut Cntrl Panel... 6 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint... 6 Befre Yu Begin...

More information

OASIS SUBMISSIONS FOR FLORIDA: SYSTEM FUNCTIONS

OASIS SUBMISSIONS FOR FLORIDA: SYSTEM FUNCTIONS OASIS SUBMISSIONS FOR FLORIDA: SYSTEM FUNCTIONS OASIS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS... 2 ESTABLISHING THE COMMUNICATION CONNECTION... 2 ACCESSING THE OASIS SYSTEM... 3 SUBMITTING OASIS DATA FILES... 5 OASIS INITIAL

More information

Proper Document Usage and Document Distribution. TIP! How to Use the Guide. Managing the News Page

Proper Document Usage and Document Distribution. TIP! How to Use the Guide. Managing the News Page Managing the News Page TABLE OF CONTENTS: The News Page Key Infrmatin Area fr Members... 2 Newsletter Articles... 3 Adding Newsletter as Individual Articles... 3 Adding a Newsletter Created Externally...

More information

Graduate Application Review Process Documentation

Graduate Application Review Process Documentation Graduate Applicatin Review Prcess Cntents System Cnfiguratin... 1 Cgns... 1 Banner Dcument Management (ApplicatinXtender)... 2 Banner Wrkflw... 4 Navigatin... 5 Cgns... 5 IBM Cgns Sftware Welcme Page...

More information

TRAINING GUIDE. Overview of Lucity Spatial

TRAINING GUIDE. Overview of Lucity Spatial TRAINING GUIDE Overview f Lucity Spatial Overview f Lucity Spatial In this sessin, we ll cver the key cmpnents f Lucity Spatial. Table f Cntents Lucity Spatial... 2 Requirements... 2 Setup... 3 Assign

More information

DocAve 6 ediscovery. User Guide. Service Pack 3, Cumulative Update 1. Revision F Issued August DocAve 6: ediscovery

DocAve 6 ediscovery. User Guide. Service Pack 3, Cumulative Update 1. Revision F Issued August DocAve 6: ediscovery DcAve 6 ediscvery User Guide Service Pack 3, Cumulative Update 1 Revisin F Issued August 2013 1 Table f Cntents Abut DcAve ediscvery... 4 Cmplementary Prducts... 4 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint...

More information

SPAR. Workflow for Office 365 User Manual Ver ITLAQ Technologies

SPAR. Workflow for Office 365 User Manual Ver ITLAQ Technologies SPAR Wrkflw Designer fr SharePint Wrkflw fr Office 365 User Manual Ver. 1.0.0.0 0 ITLAQ Technlgies www.itlaq.cm Table f Cntents 1 Wrkflw Designer Wrkspace... 3 1.1 Wrkflw Activities Tlbx... 3 1.2 Adding

More information

VMware AirWatch Certificate Authentication for Cisco IPSec VPN

VMware AirWatch Certificate Authentication for Cisco IPSec VPN VMware AirWatch Certificate Authenticatin fr Cisc IPSec VPN Fr VMware AirWatch Have dcumentatin feedback? Submit a Dcumentatin Feedback supprt ticket using the Supprt Wizard n supprt.air-watch.cm. This

More information

Qualtrics Instructions

Qualtrics Instructions Create a Survey/Prject G t the Ursinus Cllege hmepage and click n Faculty and Staff. Click n Qualtrics. Lgin t Qualtrics using yur Ursinus username and passwrd. Click n +Create Prject. Chse Research Cre.

More information

MyUni Adding Content. Date: 29 May 2014 TRIM Reference: D2013/ Version: 1

MyUni Adding Content. Date: 29 May 2014 TRIM Reference: D2013/ Version: 1 Adding Cntent MyUni... 2 Cntent Areas... 2 Curse Design... 2 Sample Curse Design... 2 Build cntent by creating a flder... 3 Build cntent by creating an item... 4 Cpy r mve cntent in MyUni... 5 Manage files

More information

Microsoft Excel Extensions for Enterprise Architect

Microsoft Excel Extensions for Enterprise Architect Excel Extensins User Guide Micrsft Excel Extensins fr Enterprise Architect Micrsft Excel Extensins fr Enterprise Architect... 1 Disclaimer... 2 Dependencies... 2 Overview... 2 Installatin... 4 Verifying

More information

DocAve 6 Deployment Manager

DocAve 6 Deployment Manager DcAve 6 Deplyment Manager User Guide Service Pack 3 Revisin I Issued August 2013 1 Table f Cntents Abut Deplyment Manager... 5 Cmplementary Prducts... 5 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint... 5 Befre

More information

UiPath Automation. Walkthrough. Walkthrough Calculate Client Security Hash

UiPath Automation. Walkthrough. Walkthrough Calculate Client Security Hash UiPath Autmatin Walkthrugh Walkthrugh Calculate Client Security Hash Walkthrugh Calculate Client Security Hash Start with the REFramewrk template. We start ff with a simple implementatin t demnstrate the

More information

ROCK-POND REPORTING 2.1

ROCK-POND REPORTING 2.1 ROCK-POND REPORTING 2.1 AUTO-SCHEDULER USER GUIDE Revised n 08/19/2014 OVERVIEW The purpse f this dcument is t describe the prcess in which t fllw t setup the Rck-Pnd Reprting prduct s that users can schedule

More information

Axis Portal. Preventive Maintenance User Manual. January 2015

Axis Portal. Preventive Maintenance User Manual. January 2015 Axis Prtal Preventive Maintenance User Manual January 2015 Lgin t yur Axis Prtal at: http://cp.axisprtal.cm Axis Prtal Supprt Call: (877) 435-7547 Email: AxisSupprt@cbre.cm Online: https://cbre.service-nw.cm/navpage.d

More information

Element Creator for Enterprise Architect

Element Creator for Enterprise Architect Element Creatr User Guide Element Creatr fr Enterprise Architect Element Creatr fr Enterprise Architect... 1 Disclaimer... 2 Dependencies... 2 Overview... 2 Limitatins... 3 Installatin... 4 Verifying the

More information

Step- by- Step Instructions for Adding a HotPot Activity 1. Click the Turn editing on button on the course home page.

Step- by- Step Instructions for Adding a HotPot Activity 1. Click the Turn editing on button on the course home page. 1 Adding a Ht Ptates Activity Ht Ptates (versin 6.3 fr Windws, and versin 6.1 fr Java) has been a mainstay in develping interactive nline activities in language training fr mre than 10 years. The HtPt

More information

KIDS INTRODUCTION: PROVIDERS

KIDS INTRODUCTION: PROVIDERS KIDS INTRODUCTION: PROVIDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS Intrductin... 1 What is KIDS?... 1 Hw will I use the Applicatin? - Overview... 1 Navigating & Cmmn Screen Elements... 2 Lgging int the KIDS Applicatin...

More information

Administration. User Guide

Administration. User Guide Administratin User Guide Table f Cntents Administratin at a Glance... 4 Cmpany Details... 4 Users... 5 Accunt Maintenance... 5 Search Accunts... 5 Edit... 6 Creating a New User... 7 Field Help... 8 Assigning

More information

DocAve 6 Content Manager

DocAve 6 Content Manager DcAve 6 Cntent Manager User Guide Service Pack 4, Cumulative Update 2 Revisin N Issued July 2014 Table f Cntents Abut Cntent Manager... 5 Cmplementary Prducts... 6 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint...

More information

STUDIO DESIGNER. Design Projects Basic Participant

STUDIO DESIGNER. Design Projects Basic Participant Design Prjects Basic Participant Thank yu fr enrlling in Design Prjects 2 fr Studi Designer. Please feel free t ask questins as they arise. If we start running shrt n time, we may hld ff n sme f them and

More information

Document Hosting System (DHS) v2.1.4 Manual. Description. User Roles

Document Hosting System (DHS) v2.1.4 Manual. Description. User Roles Dcument Hsting System (DHS) v2.1.4 Manual Descriptin AllTranstek s DHS (Dcument Hsting System) prvides a centralized library fr secure archiving, management, and delivery f dcuments. User Rles There are

More information

SmartLink for Albridge Web Services

SmartLink for Albridge Web Services SmartLink fr Albridge Web Services Cpyright 2008, E-Z Data, Inc. All Rights Reserved. N part f this dcumentatin may be cpied, reprduced r translated in any frm withut the prir written cnsent f E-Z Data,

More information

Kaltura MediaSpace User Manual. Version: 4.6

Kaltura MediaSpace User Manual. Version: 4.6 Kaltura MediaSpace User Manual Versin: 4.6 Kaltura Business Headquarters 5 Unin Square West, Suite 602, New Yrk, NY, 10003, USA Tel.: +1 800 871 5224 Cpyright 2013 Kaltura Inc. All Rights Reserved. Designated

More information

DocAve 6 Service Pack 1 Deployment Manager

DocAve 6 Service Pack 1 Deployment Manager DcAve 6 Service Pack 1 Deplyment Manager User Guide Revisin D Issued September 2012 1 Table f Cntents Abut Deplyment Manager... 5 Cmplementary Prducts... 5 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint...

More information

Arius 3.0. Release Notes and Installation Instructions. Milliman, Inc Peachtree Road, NE Suite 1900 Atlanta, GA USA

Arius 3.0. Release Notes and Installation Instructions. Milliman, Inc Peachtree Road, NE Suite 1900 Atlanta, GA USA Release Ntes and Installatin Instructins Milliman, Inc. 3424 Peachtree Rad, NE Suite 1900 Atlanta, GA 30326 USA Tel +1 800 404 2276 Fax +1 404 237 6984 actuarialsftware.cm 1. Release ntes Release 3.0 adds

More information

IMPORTING INFOSPHERE DATA ARCHITECT MODELS INFORMATION SERVER V8.7

IMPORTING INFOSPHERE DATA ARCHITECT MODELS INFORMATION SERVER V8.7 IMPORTING INFOSPHERE DATA ARCHITECT MODELS INFORMATION SERVER V8.7 Prepared by: March Haber, march@il.ibm.cm Last Updated: January, 2012 IBM MetaData Wrkbench Enablement Series Table f Cntents: Table f

More information

Managing Your Access To The Open Banking Directory How To Guide

Managing Your Access To The Open Banking Directory How To Guide Managing Yur Access T The Open Banking Directry Hw T Guide Date: June 2018 Versin: v2.0 Classificatin: PUBLIC OPEN BANKING LIMITED 2018 Page 1 f 32 Cntents 1. Intrductin 3 2. Signing Up 4 3. Lgging In

More information

E2Open Multi-Collab View (MCV)

E2Open Multi-Collab View (MCV) If yu can read this Click n the icn t chse a picture r Reset the slide. T Reset: Right click n the slide thumbnail and select reset slide r chse the Reset buttn n the Hme ribbn (next t the f nt chice bx)

More information

State Assessment Program Indiana Released Items Repository Quick Guide

State Assessment Program Indiana Released Items Repository Quick Guide State Assessment Prgram Indiana Released Items Repsitry Quick Guide 2018 2019 Published December 10, 2018 Prepared by the American Institutes fr Research Released Items Repsitry Intrductin This guide prvides

More information

Class Roster. Curriculum Class Roster Step-By-Step Procedure

Class Roster. Curriculum Class Roster Step-By-Step Procedure Imprtant Infrmatin The page prvides faculty and staff a list f students wh are enrlled and waitlisted in a particular class. Instructrs are given access t each class fr which they are listed as an instructr,

More information

My Performance Management User Guide

My Performance Management User Guide My Perfrmance Management User Guide Overview The accesshr website huses perfrmance management. As an emplyee, yu have the ability t review and acknwledge perfrmance plans and perfrmance evaluatins that

More information

AASHTOWare BrDR Support Center JIRA Getting Started Guide

AASHTOWare BrDR Support Center JIRA Getting Started Guide AASHTOWare BrDR Supprt Center JIRA Getting Started Guide Versin 1.0.0.0 August 2013 Cpyright 1997-2013 by the American Assciatin f State Highway and Transprtatin Officials. 444 Nrth Capital Street, N.

More information

AvePoint Perimeter Pro 1.9

AvePoint Perimeter Pro 1.9 G09 AvePint Perimeter Pr 1.9 Secured Share User Guide Issued December 2017 Table f Cntents What s New in this Guide... 4 Overview... 5 Internal Users... 6 Site Cllectin Administratrs... 7 External Prtal

More information

Volume DIGITAL SIGNAGE SOFTWARE MANUAL. Your total toolkit for cloud-based digital signage. A Quick Start User Guide

Volume DIGITAL SIGNAGE SOFTWARE MANUAL. Your total toolkit for cloud-based digital signage. A Quick Start User Guide Vlume 3 DIGITAL SIGNAGE SOFTWARE MANUAL Yur ttal tlkit fr clud-based digital signage A Quick Start User Guide 1 A Quick Start User Guide Table f Cntents 2 Intrductin Page. 1 Step 1: Getting Started Page.

More information

Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects

Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects Creating Relativity Dynamic Objects Nvember 28, 2017 - Versin 9.4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

More information

Copyrights and Trademarks

Copyrights and Trademarks Cpyrights and Trademarks Sage One Accunting Cnversin Manual 1 Cpyrights and Trademarks Cpyrights and Trademarks Cpyrights and Trademarks Cpyright 2002-2014 by Us. We hereby acknwledge the cpyrights and

More information

DocAve 6 Control Panel

DocAve 6 Control Panel DcAve 6 Cntrl Panel DcAve 6 Cntrl Panel Reference Guide Reference Guide Service Pack 4, Cumulative Update 3 Revisin T Service Pack 4, Cumulative Update 3 Issued Nvember 2014 Revisin S Issued September

More information

BI Publisher TEMPLATE Tutorial

BI Publisher TEMPLATE Tutorial PepleSft Campus Slutins 9.0 BI Publisher TEMPLATE Tutrial Lessn T2 Create, Frmat and View a Simple Reprt Using an Existing Query with Real Data This tutrial assumes that yu have cmpleted BI Publisher Tutrial:

More information

ONTARIO LABOUR RELATIONS BOARD. Filing Guide. A Guide to Preparing and Filing Forms and Submissions with the Ontario Labour Relations Board

ONTARIO LABOUR RELATIONS BOARD. Filing Guide. A Guide to Preparing and Filing Forms and Submissions with the Ontario Labour Relations Board ONTARIO LABOUR RELATIONS BOARD Filing Guide A Guide t Preparing and Filing Frms and Submissins with the Ontari Labur Relatins Bard This Filing Guide prvides general infrmatin nly and shuld nt be taken

More information

Acclaim Solaria 5.31 Release Notes

Acclaim Solaria 5.31 Release Notes Acclaim Slaria 5.31 Release Ntes 5.31 Release ISSUES RESOLVED Calendar: When using assignment cunts and canceling an assignment directly frm the calendar using the cntext menu, it will nw clear ut the

More information

Quick Start Guide. Basic Concepts. DemoPad Designer - Quick Start Guide

Quick Start Guide. Basic Concepts. DemoPad Designer - Quick Start Guide Quick Start Guide This guide will explain the prcess f installing & using the DemPad Designer sftware fr PC, which allws yu t create a custmised Graphical User Interface (GUI) fr an iphne / ipad & embed

More information

Entering an NSERC CCV: Step by Step

Entering an NSERC CCV: Step by Step Entering an NSERC CCV: Step by Step - 2018 G t CCV Lgin Page Nte that usernames and passwrds frm ther NSERC sites wn t wrk n the CCV site. If this is yur first CCV, yu ll need t register: Click n Lgin,

More information

Network Rail ARMS - Asbestos Risk Management System. Training Guide for use of the Import Asset Template

Network Rail ARMS - Asbestos Risk Management System. Training Guide for use of the Import Asset Template Netwrk Rail ARMS - Asbests Risk Management System Training Guide fr use f the Imprt Asset Template The ARMS Imprt Asset Template New assets can be added t the Asbests Risk Management System (ARMS) using

More information

CampaignBreeze User Guide

CampaignBreeze User Guide Intrductin CampaignBreeze User Guide This guide prvides an verview f the main features in CampaignBreeze and assumes yu have access t an activated CampaignBreeze accunt alng with yur lgin URL, username

More information

Release Notes. e-automate 8.7 SP1. Page 1

Release Notes. e-automate 8.7 SP1. Page 1 Release Ntes e-autmate 8.7 SP1 Page 1 Overview Release Ntes This is a maintenance release t address quality issues fund in the e-autmate GA 8.7 release. Release Features N new features have been added

More information

Getting Started with the Web Designer Suite

Getting Started with the Web Designer Suite Getting Started with the Web Designer Suite The Web Designer Suite prvides yu with a slew f Dreamweaver extensins that will assist yu in the design phase f creating a website. The tls prvided in this suite

More information

161 Forbes Road Braintree MA Phone: (781) Fax: (781) What's in it? Key Survey & Extreme Form

161 Forbes Road Braintree MA Phone: (781) Fax: (781) What's in it? Key Survey & Extreme Form 161 Frbes Rad Braintree MA 02184 Phne: (781) 849 8118 Fax: (781) 849 8133 WWW.WORLDAPP.COM 8.0 What's in it? Key Survey & Extreme Frm CONTENTS Cntact Manager... 3 Participant Prtal... 3 Reprting Imprvements...

More information

UiPath Automation. Walkthrough. Walkthrough Calculate Client Security Hash

UiPath Automation. Walkthrough. Walkthrough Calculate Client Security Hash UiPath Autmatin Walkthrugh Walkthrugh Calculate Client Security Hash Walkthrugh Calculate Client Security Hash Start with the REFramewrk template. We start ff with a simple implementatin t demnstrate the

More information

EBSCOhost User Guide Print/ /Save. Print, , Save, Notetaking, Export, and Cite Your Search Results. support.ebsco.com

EBSCOhost User Guide Print/ /Save. Print,  , Save, Notetaking, Export, and Cite Your Search Results. support.ebsco.com EBSCOhst User Guide Print/E-Mail/Save Print, E-mail, Save, Ntetaking, Exprt, and Cite Yur Search Results supprt.ebsc.cm Table f Cntents Inside this User Guide... 3 Printing Yur Results... 3 E-mailing Yur

More information

Online Image Viewing Agent User Guide. Texas FAIR Plan Association 1

Online Image Viewing Agent User Guide. Texas FAIR Plan Association 1 Online Image Viewing gent User Guide Texas FIR Plan ssciatin 1 Table f Cntents 1. Online Image Viewing... 4 2. Frequently sked uestins (F)... 15 TFP Online Image Viewing Guide 2 Table f Figures Figure

More information

Your New Service Request Process: Technical Support Reference Guide for Cisco Customer Journey Platform

Your New Service Request Process: Technical Support Reference Guide for Cisco Customer Journey Platform Supprt Guide Yur New Service Request Prcess: Technical Supprt Reference Guide fr Cisc Custmer Jurney Platfrm September 2018 2018 Cisc and/r its affiliates. All rights reserved. This dcument is Cisc Public

More information

User Guide. Service Pack 6, Cumulative Update 1 Issued June DocAve 6: Content Manager

User Guide. Service Pack 6, Cumulative Update 1 Issued June DocAve 6: Content Manager DcAve 6 Cntent Manager User Guide Service Pack 6, Cumulative Update 1 Issued June 2016 1 Table f Cntents What s New in this Guide... 5 Abut Cntent Manager... 6 Cmplementary Prducts... 7 Submitting Dcumentatin

More information

PAY EQUITY HEARINGS TRIBUNAL. Filing Guide. A Guide to Preparing and Filing Forms and Submissions with the Pay Equity Hearings Tribunal

PAY EQUITY HEARINGS TRIBUNAL. Filing Guide. A Guide to Preparing and Filing Forms and Submissions with the Pay Equity Hearings Tribunal PAY EQUITY HEARINGS TRIBUNAL Filing Guide A Guide t Preparing and Filing Frms and Submissins with the Pay Equity Hearings Tribunal This Filing Guide prvides general infrmatin nly and shuld nt be taken

More information

These tasks can now be performed by a special program called FTP clients.

These tasks can now be performed by a special program called FTP clients. FTP Cmmander FAQ: Intrductin FTP (File Transfer Prtcl) was first used in Unix systems a lng time ag t cpy and mve shared files. With the develpment f the Internet, FTP became widely used t uplad and dwnlad

More information

Compliance Guardian 4. User Guide

Compliance Guardian 4. User Guide Cmpliance Guardian 4 User Guide Issued September 2015 Table f Cntents What's New in this Guide... 3 Abut Cmpliance Guardian... 4 Cmplementary Prducts... 5 Submitting Dcumentatin Feedback t AvePint... 6

More information

Online Banking for Business USER GUIDE

Online Banking for Business USER GUIDE Online Banking fr Business estatements USER GUIDE Cntents Cntents... 1 Online Banking fr Business Getting Started... 2 Technical Requirements... 2 Supprted brwsers... 2 Minimum system requirements... 2

More information

Employee Self Service (ESS) Quick Reference Guide ESS User

Employee Self Service (ESS) Quick Reference Guide ESS User Emplyee Self Service (ESS) Quick Reference Guide ESS User Cntents Emplyee Self Service (ESS) User Quick Reference Guide 4 Intrductin t ESS 4 Getting Started 5 Prerequisites 5 Accunt Activatin 5 Hw t activate

More information

Kaltura MediaSpace User Manual. Version: 4.0

Kaltura MediaSpace User Manual. Version: 4.0 Kaltura MediaSpace User Manual Versin: 4.0 Kaltura Business Headquarters 200 Park Avenue Suth, New Yrk, NY. 10003, USA Tel.: +1 800 871 5224 Cpyright 2012 Kaltura Inc. All Rights Reserved. Designated trademarks

More information

IBM Design Room Live! release notes

IBM Design Room Live! release notes IBM Design Rm Live! release ntes These release ntes prvide sprint-wise release infrmatin abut IBM Design Rm Live!, such as the new features, fixes, limitatins, and any specific requirements. The sprint

More information

Constituent Page Upgrade Utility for Blackbaud CRM

Constituent Page Upgrade Utility for Blackbaud CRM Cnstituent Page Upgrade Utility fr Blackbaud CRM In versin 4.0, we made several enhancements and added new features t cnstituent pages. We replaced the cnstituent summary with interactive summary tiles.

More information